+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Oraasfsa

Oraasfsa

Date post: 27-Dec-2015
Category:
Upload: banalakalyan
View: 26 times
Download: 2 times
Share this document with a friend
Description:
asfasfa
Popular Tags:
199
Features - Oracle iDataAgent Table of Contents Overview System Requirements - Oracle iDataAgent Installation Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Windows Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Windows - Clustered Environment - Virtual Server Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Unix Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Unix - Clustered Environment Backup Data - Oracle iDataAgent Restore Data - Oracle iDataAgent Configuration Instances - Oracle iDataAgent Subclients - Oracle iDataAgent Management Backup Job History Restore Job History Troubleshooting Backup - Oracle or Oracle RAC Troubleshooting Restore Data - Oracle or Oracle RAC Troubleshooting Features - Oracle iDataAgent Page 1 of 199
Transcript
Page 1: Oraasfsa

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Table of Contents Overview

System Requirements - Oracle iDataAgent

Installation

Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Windows

Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Windows - Clustered Environment - Virtual Server

Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Unix

Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Unix - Clustered Environment

Backup Data - Oracle iDataAgent

Restore Data - Oracle iDataAgent

Configuration

Instances - Oracle iDataAgent

Subclients - Oracle iDataAgent

Management

Backup Job History

Restore Job History

Troubleshooting

Backup - Oracle or Oracle RAC Troubleshooting

Restore Data - Oracle or Oracle RAC Troubleshooting

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 1 of 199

Page 2: Oraasfsa

Overview - Oracle iDataAgent

Choose from the following topics:

Introduction

Supported Data Types

Tree Levels in the Oracle iDataAgent

License Requirement

Databases, Instances and Subclients

Securing Oracle Application Data Using the File System iDataAgent

Third-Party Command Line

Performance Tuning

Ensuring Successful Oracle Data Protection and Recovery Operations

Disaster Recovery Considerations

Related Topics:

Running RMAN Scripts using the Command Line Interface

Introduction

The Oracle database is comprised of several objects. These objects can be backed up by the Oracle iDataAgent. For more information on the Oracle objects, refer to your Oracle documentation.

Back to Top

Supported Data Types

Data Protection Operations for the following data types are supported by the Oracle iDataAgent:

Oracle database files, which include data files (*.dbf) and control files (*.ctl)

Archived redo logs

Data Protection Operations for all other data types not mentioned in the above list are not supported by the Oracle iDataAgent, including:

Oracle application files (can be secured by the appropriate File System iDataAgent)

Back to Top

Tree Levels in the Oracle iDataAgent

When the Oracle iDataAgent is installed, the following levels are automatically created in the CommCell Browser.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 2 of 199

Page 3: Oraasfsa

Back to Top

License Requirement

To perform a data protection operation using this Agent a specific Product License must be available in the CommServe® Server.

Review general license requirements included in License Administration. Also, View All Licenses provides step-by-step instructions on how to view the license information.

Back to Top

Databases, Instances and Subclients

During installation, the Oracle iDataAgent software establishes the Oracle iDataAgent. Before you backup data, you must however, define the data that you want to back up, and how this data should be backed up. Consider the following:

Databases and Instances are similar for the Oracle iDataAgent. This means that for each database that you want to back up, you must create an Instance for it.

Initially, the system creates a default subclient for each Oracle Instance that you create. You can create one or more subclients for each instance, depending on the backup strategy that you devise to meet the backup needs of your system.

To determine the best strategy, you should ask the following questions:

What is the available backup window?

Should the database be accessible while the backup is running?

What are the time constraints for recovering the database?

If your Oracle database is in the NOARCHIVELOG mode, you must backup the database offline. For an online backup of the database, it must be in ARCHIVELOG mode. If the database must be accessible, and you have a small backup window, you may want to run a series of online backups in which different portions of the database are backed up at different times. You may also want to combine all of these

bootes: Client

Oracle: Agent

<user_defined_instance>: Instance

In order to run the first backup, instances must be added. Each instance creates a default subclient.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 3 of 199

Page 4: Oraasfsa

backup types in your backup strategy. Once you have determined your backup needs you can define your backup strategy by creating one or more subclients for the database. To perform this task effectively, you need to understand the key aspects of the CommCell architecture, most notably:

Instances

Subclients

Storage Policies

If at some later time you decide to change the way a client computer is backed up, you can always change the CommCell configuration, in whole or in part. You may also add new databases to be secured by the system, or remove databases currently secured.

See also: Establishing Parallel Data Protection Operations Using Subclients

Moving Instances

Oracle instances can be moved from one client computer to another within a CommCell. See Moving an Oracle Instance for more information.

Back to Top

Securing Oracle Application Data Using the File System iDataAgent

In addition to the Oracle database, there may be Oracle application files stored on the computer (that is, the Oracle client). Such data is not backed up by the Oracle iDataAgent. To secure such data from an Oracle client, you must back it up using the appropriate iDataAgent for the computer’s file system.

Back to Top

Third-Party Command Line

The Oracle iDataAgent supports the ability to perform backups and restores across clients from the RMAN Command Line. For more information, see Third-Party Command Line Operations.

Back to Top

Performance Tuning

Performance tuning parameters are a valuable tool for the recovery administrator to increase efficiency of backup and restore operations by avoiding throughput bottlenecks. The performance of Oracle backup and restore operations can be optimized through the appropriate configuration of RMAN parameter options provided in the Subclient Properties dialog box. A brief description of certain key performance tuning parameters and their recommended uses is provided below.

Data Files per BFS

The Data Files per BFS parameter defines the number of datafiles to be bundled in each RMAN backupset, for datafile backups. It is often used in conjunction with the Max Open Files parameter to establish the proper RMAN multiplexing factor for disk buffer allocation. For example, assume that you are backing up six datafiles with one RMAN channel. If FILESPERSET=6 and MAXOPENFILES=1, then the channel includes 6 datafiles in a backupset but does not multiplex the files because RMAN is not reading from more than one file simultaneously. The channel reads one file at a time and writes to the backup piece. In this case, the level of multiplexing is 1 and would result in relatively slower backups because of the throughput bottleneck. Ideally, the MAXOPENFILES parameter should be set in such a way that the number of files read simultaneously is just enough to utilize the output device fully. In this example, if FILESPERSET=6 and MAXOPENFILES=3, the level of multiplexing is 2 and would result in a quicker more efficient backup, especially when the output device is tape, by allowing RMAN to provide the proper disk buffer allocation. However, keep in mind that multiplexing too many files can decrease restore performance depending on the hardware configuration.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 4 of 199

Page 5: Oraasfsa

Archive Files per BFS

The Archive Files per BFS parameter defines the number of archive files to be bundled in each RMAN backupset, for archive log backups. Its use is similar to the Data Files per BFS parameter discussed above.

Max Backupset Size (KB)

The Max Backupset Size parameter defines the maximum allowable size for an RMAN backupset. It can be used to adjust performance for either partial restore or whole database restores. The proper setting depends on whether faster whole database restores or partial restores are required. A smaller MAXBACKUPSETSIZE will result in faster partial restores, however, whole database restores will be slower. A larger MAXBACKUPSETSIZE will result in faster whole database restores, but may not be optimal for partial restores. It is generally recommended that you avoid entering too small a value for this setting, which should be at least 2000 KB. The exception is the default value of 0, which means unlimited.

Max Open Files

The Max Open Files parameter defines the maximum number of concurrent open datafiles that RMAN can read from simultaneously during a backup operation. A smaller MAXOPENFILES setting results in faster performance on most systems. However, it should be used in conjunction with the Data Files per BFS or Archive Files per BFS parameters to achieve the most efficient RMAN multiplexing level for optimizing disk buffer allocation. The goal is to set the number of files read simultaneously to fully utilize the output device. See Data Files per BFS above for a discussion of how these parameters work together. Keep in mind that the default value for this parameter is 8.

See Configure Backup Arguments for step-by-step instructions. See also publications from Oracle Corporation on the topic of RMAN performance tuning for a more complete understanding of this subject.

Disk Ratio

Disk ratio enables RMAN to read data files across disks and group them in a backup set. For example, consider data files distributed across 10 disks that supply data at 10 bytes/second and a tape drive that needs 40 bytes/second to keep streaming. In this case, you can set the disk ratio value to 4, which will direct RMAN to include data files from 4 disks in each backup set. Disk ratio groups the data files into backup sets and distributes the backup load across disks. Even though disk ratio facilitates backup performance, you should keep in mind that more the number of disks from which data files are grouped, slower will be the restore performance. Hence, make sure that a minimum possible value is set for disk ratio.

Back to Top

Ensuring Successful Oracle Data Protection and Recovery Operations

The Oracle iDataAgent provides the ability to preview backup and restore scripts as well as validate the database, prior to actually running a data protection or recovery operation, to help ensure that Oracle backups and restores will run smoothly. Descriptions of these features are provided below.

Script Preview

You can preview the backup and restore scripts that will be submitted to RMAN to back up or restore data on a client. Previewing the script before running a backup or restore is useful for identifying whether the selected backup or restore options will yield the desired result in the script. The script text can be previewed from the Backup Options and Restore Options dialogs, and provides the capability for you to copy the text from the display window for manual submission in RMAN, if desired.

See Preview a Script for step-by-step instructions.

Validate

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 5 of 199

Page 6: Oraasfsa

You can run a validate job to ensure the integrity of the data and availability of the media before actually running a backup or restore job. When the validate option is selected on the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) tab or Advanced Restore Options (Options) tab, this will cause the system to simulate either a backup or restore job without using any media or over-writing the Oracle database. After the validate job completes, you can view the log file for the job to identify and correct any validation issues prior to running the backup or restore.

For step-by-step instructions, see Validate a Backup or Restore.

Back to Top

Disaster Recovery Considerations Before you use your agent, be sure to review and understand the associated full system restore (or disaster recovery) procedure. The procedure for some agents may require that you plan specific actions or consider certain items before an emergency occurs. See Disaster Recovery for more information regarding your agent.

Consider the following when you are planning for a full system restore of the Oracle database in the event of a destroyed or damaged client:

For Oracle on any platforms, we recommend that you perform the following configuration steps in the Oracle client:

1. Exclude the Oracle database files from your file system backup. You can do this by establishing a backup filter for .dbf files in the appropriate file system subclient(s).

2. Ensure that the recovery catalog is available on a separate machine. If the recovery catalog is on the same machine, we recommend that you take the following actions:

a. Export the user, who is the owner of the recovery catalog using the Oracle export command to an external flat file.

b. Ensure that this external flat file is included in your file system backup.

c. Ensure that your file system data is backed up regularly.

3. Select the Resync Catalog option in the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) tab of the subclient used for backing up the entire database.

Back to Top

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 6 of 199

Page 7: Oraasfsa

System Requirements - Oracle iDataAgent

The following requirements are for the Oracle iDataAgent:

Application/Operating System Processor

Oracle 9.2.x Database 32-bit (Enterprise or Standard Edition) on:

Linux Red Flag Linux

Red Flag Linux 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 3.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

SuSE Linux

SuSE Linux 9.x with glibc 2.3.x

Intel Pentium or compatible processors

Solaris Solaris 8 with a minimum of Service Packs 108528-13

Solaris 9 with a minimum of Service Packs 111711-02

Solaris 10.x

Sun Sparc5 or higher recommended

Windows Windows 2003

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 32-bit Editions with a minimum of Service Pack 1

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Editions

All Windows-compatible processors supported

Oracle 9.2.x Database 64-bit (Enterprise or Standard Edition) on:

AIX AIX 5.2 with maintenance level 10 (or higher) and runtime library xlC.rte 8.0.0.0 or higher

AIX 5.3 with technology level 6 (or higher) and runtime library xlC.rte 8.0.0.0 or higher

Power PC (Includes IBM System p)

HP-UX HP-UX 11i v1 (11.11) with a minimum of OS patch PHCO29328 (contact Hewlett Packard to obtain the patch)

HP-UX 11i v2 (11.23)

HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31)

PA-RISC

HP-UX 11i v2 (11.23)

HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31)

Intel Itanium

Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 3.x with glibc 2.3.x

Intel Itanium, x64 or compatible processors

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 7 of 199

Page 8: Oraasfsa

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

SuSE Linux

SuSE Linux 9.x with glibc 2.3.x

Solaris Solaris 8 with a minimum of Service Packs 108528-13

Solaris 9 with a minimum of Service Packs 111711-02

Solaris 10.x

Sun Sparc5 or higher recommended

Tru64 Tru64 OSF1 Release 5.1B-3 or higher Compaq® (DEC) AlphaServer DS Series computer or higher recommended

Windows Windows 2003

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions with a minimum of Service Pack 1

All Windows-compatible processors supported

Oracle 10g (10.1.x) Database 32-bit (Enterprise or Standard Edition) on:

Linux Red Flag Linux

Red Flag Linux 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 3.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

SuSE Linux

SuSE Linux 9.x with glibc 2.3.x

Intel Pentium or compatible processors

Windows Windows 2003

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 32-bit Editions with a minimum of Service Pack 1

All Windows-compatible processors supported

Oracle 10g (10.1.x) Database 64-bit (Enterprise or Standard Edition) on:

AIX AIX 5.2 with maintenance level 10 (or higher) and runtime library xlC.rte 8.0.0.0 or higher

AIX 5.3 with technology level 6 (or higher) and runtime library xlC.rte 8.0.0.0 or higher

Power PC (Includes IBM System p)

HP-UX HP-UX 11i v1 (11.11) with a minimum of OS patch PHCO29328 (contact Hewlett Packard to obtain the patch)

HP-UX 11i v2 (11.23)

HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31)

PA-RISC

HP-UX 11i v2 (11.23)

HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31)

Intel Itanium

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 8 of 199

Page 9: Oraasfsa

Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 3.x with glibc 2.3.x

Intel Itanium

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

Intel Itanium, x64 or compatible processors

SuSE Linux

SuSE Linux 9.x with glibc 2.3.x

x64

Solaris Solaris 8 with a minimum of Service Packs 108528-13

Solaris 9 with a minimum of Service Packs 111711-02

Solaris 10.x

Solaris 10.x (Flying Zones supported)

Sun Sparc5 or higher recommended

Tru64 Tru64 OSF1 Release 5.1B-3 or higher Compaq® (DEC) AlphaServer DS Series computer or higher recommended

Windows Microsoft Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions with a minimum of Service Pack 1

All Windows-compatible processors supported

Oracle 10g R2 (10.2.x) Database 32-bit (Enterprise or Standard Edition) on:

Linux Oracle

Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 with glibc 2.3.x

Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 with glibc 2.5.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 3.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.x with glibc 2.5.x

SuSE Linux

SuSE Linux 9.x with glibc 2.3.x

SuSE Linux 10.x with glibc 2.4.x

Intel Pentium or compatible processors

Solaris Solaris 10.x Intel Pentium or compatible processors

Windows Windows 2003

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 32-bit Editions with a minimum of Service Pack 1

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Editions

Windows 2008

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 32-bit Editions*

*Core and R2 Editions not supported

All Windows-compatible processors supported

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 9 of 199

Page 10: Oraasfsa

Oracle 10g R2 (10.2.x) Database 64-bit (Enterprise or Standard Edition) on:

AIX AIX 5.2 with maintenance level 10 (or higher) and runtime library xlC.rte 8.0.0.0 or higher

AIX 5.3 with technology level 6 (or higher) and runtime library xlC.rte 8.0.0.0 or higher

AIX 6.1

Power PC (Includes IBM System p)

HP-UX HP-UX 11i v1 (11.11) with a minimum of OS patch PHCO29328 (contact Hewlett Packard to obtain the patch)

HP-UX 11i v2 (11.23)

HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31)

PA-RISC

HP-UX 11i v2 (11.23)

HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31)

Intel Itanium

Linux Oracle

Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 with glibc 2.3.x

Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 with glibc 2.5.x

x64

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 3.x with glibc 2.3.x

Intel Itanium

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.x with glibc 2.5.x

Intel Itanium, x64, Power PC (Includes IBM System p) or compatible processors

SuSE Linux

SuSE Linux 9.x with glibc 2.3.x

SuSE Linux 10.x with glibc 2.4.x

Intel Itanium, x64, Power PC (Includes IBM System p) or compatible processors

SuSE Linux 11.x with glibc 2.9.x x64

Solaris Solaris 8 with a minimum of Service Packs 108528-13

Solaris 9 with a minimum of Service Packs 111711-02

Solaris 10.x

Solaris 10.x (Flying Zones supported)

Sun Sparc5 or higher recommended

Solaris 10.x x64

Tru64 Tru64 OSF1 Release 5.1B-3 or higher Compaq® (DEC) AlphaServer DS Series computer or higher recommended

Windows Windows 2003

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 10 of 199

Page 11: Oraasfsa

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions with a minimum of Service Pack 1

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Editions

Windows 2008

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 x64 Editions*

*Core Editions not supported

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 x64 Editions

All Windows-compatible processors supported

Oracle 11g Database 32-bit (Enterprise or Standard Edition) on:

Linux Oracle

Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 with glibc 2.3.x

Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 with glibc 2.5.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.x with glibc 2.5.x

SuSE Linux

SuSE Linux 10.x with glibc 2.4.x

SuSE Linux 11.x with glibc 2.9.x

Intel Pentium or compatible processors

Windows Windows 2003

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 32-bit Editions with a minimum of Service Pack 1

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Editions

Windows 2008

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 32-bit Editions*

*Core and R2 Editions not supported

All Windows-compatible processors supported

Oracle 11g Database 64-bit (Enterprise or Standard Edition) on:

AIX AIX 5.3

AIX 6.1 Power PC (Includes IBM System p)

HP-UX HP-UX 11i v2 (11.23)

HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31)

PA-RISC

HP-UX 11i v2 (11.23)

HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31)

Intel Itanium

Linux Oracle

Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 with glibc 2.3.x

Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 with glibc 2.5.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS

x64

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 11 of 199

Page 12: Oraasfsa

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.x with glibc 2.5.x

SuSE Linux

SuSE Linux 10.x with glibc 2.4.x

SuSE Linux 11.x with glibc 2.9.x

Solaris Solaris 9

Solaris 10.x

Sun Sparc5 or higher recommended

Windows Windows 2003

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions with a minimum of Service Pack 1

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Editions

Windows 2008

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 x64 Editions*

*Core and R2 Editions not supported

All Windows-compatible processors supported

Oracle 11g R2 (11.2.x) Database 32-bit (Enterprise or Standard Edition) on:

Linux Oracle

Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 with glibc 2.3.x

Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 with glibc 2.5.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.x with glibc 2.5.x

SuSE Linux

SuSE Linux 10.x with glibc 2.4.x

SuSE Linux 11.x with glibc 2.9.x

Intel Pentium or compatible processors

Windows Windows 2003

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 32-bit Editions with a minimum of Service Pack 1

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Editions

Windows 2008

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 32-bit Editions*

*Core Editions not supported

All Windows-compatible processors supported

Oracle 11g R2 (11.2.x) Database 64-bit (Enterprise or Standard Edition) on:

AIX AIX 5.3

AIX 6.1

Power PC (Includes IBM System p)

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 12 of 199

Page 13: Oraasfsa

HP-UX HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31) Intel Itanium

HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31) PA-RISC

Linux Oracle

Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 with glibc 2.3.x

Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 with glibc 2.5.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 4.x with glibc 2.3.x

Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.x with glibc 2.5.x

SuSE Linux

SuSE Linux 10.x with glibc 2.4.x

SuSE Linux 11.x with glibc 2.9.x

x64

Solaris Solaris 10.x Sun Sparc5 or higher recommended

Solaris 10.x x64

Windows Windows 2003

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions with a minimum of Service Pack 1

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Editions

Windows 2008

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 Editions*

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 x64 Editions*

*Core Editions not supported

All Windows-compatible processors supported

Cluster Support

See Clustering - Support

Memory

Windows 32 MB RAM per stream/drive minimum required beyond the requirements of the operating system and running applications

AIX, HP-UX Linux, Solaris and Tru64 64 MB RAM per stream/drive minimum required beyond the requirements of the operating system and running applications

Swap space = 2*RAM size

Hard Disk

Windows 112 MB minimum of hard disk space for software/ 498 MB recommended

50 MB of additional hard disk space for log file growth

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 13 of 199

Page 14: Oraasfsa

80 MB of temp space required for install or upgrade (where the temp folder resides)

Unix

230 MB minimum of hard disk space for software

Peripherals DVD-ROM drive

Network Interface Card

Miscellaneous

TCP/IP Services configured on the computer.

The File System iDataAgent will be automatically installed during installation of the Oracle iDataAgent, if it is not already installed. For System Requirements and install information specific to the File System iDataAgents, refer to:

System Requirements - Microsoft Windows File System iDataAgent

System Requirements - Unix File System iDataAgent

On Solaris computers, the operating system must have been installed with at least the user level software option selected

Microsoft Visual C++ 2008 Redistributable Package is automatically installed. Note that Visual C++ 2008 Redistributable Package can co-exist with other versions of this software.

If you have SELinux enabled on the client computer, create the SELinux policy module as a root user before performing a backup. The SELinux Development package must be installed on the client.

To create SELinux policy module, perform the following steps as user "root":

1. Create the following files in the /usr/share/selinux/devel directory:

File Name Content of the file<directory>/<file_name>.te

where:

<directory> is /usr/share/selinux/devel

<file_name> is the name of the Unix file, created to save the policy module statement. It is a good idea to use the same name for policy module and the file.

For example: When you are creating a policy module for backup_IDA application, you can use the following file name: backup_IDA.te

The content of the file should be as follows:

policy_module(<name>,<version>)

##############################

where:

<name> is the name of the policy module. You can give any unique name to the policy module, such as a process or application name.

<version> is the version of the policy module. It can be any number, such as 1.0.0.

For Example: While creating a policy module for the backup_IDA application, you can use the following content.

policy_module(backup_IDA,1.0.0)

<directory>/<file_name>.fc

where:

<directory> is /usr/share/selinux/devel

<file_name> is the name of the Unix file, created to save the policy module statement. It is a good idea to

The content of the file should be as follows:

Note that the following list of files is not exhaustive. If the process fails to launch, check /var/log/messages. Also, if required, add it to the following list of files.

/opt/<software installation

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 14 of 199

Page 15: Oraasfsa

2. Create the policy file from command line. Use the following command. Ensure that you give the following commands in the /usr/share/selinux/devel directory.

[root]# make backup_IDA.pp

Compiling targeted backup_IDA module

/usr/bin/checkmodule: loading policy configuration from tmp/backup_IDA.tmp

/usr/bin/checkmodule: policy configuration loaded

/usr/bin/checkmodule: writing binary representation (version 6) to tmp/backup_IDA.mod

Creating targeted backup_IDA.pp policy package

rm tmp/backup_IDA.mod tmp/backup_IDA.mod.fc

[root]# semodule -i backup_IDA.pp

[root]#

use the same name for policy module and the file.

For example: When you are creating a policy module for backup_IDA application, you can use the following file name: backup_IDA.fc

directory>/Base/libCTreeWrapper.so -- gen_context(system_u:object_r:texrel_shlib_t,s0)

/opt/<software installation directory>/Base/libCVMAGuiImplgso -- gen_context(system_u:object_r:texrel_shlib_t,s0)

/opt/<software installation directory>/Base/libdb2locale.so.1 -- gen_context(system_u:object_r:texrel_shlib_t,s0)

/opt/<software installation directory>/Base/libdb2osse.so.1 -- gen_context(system_u:object_r:texrel_shlib_t,s0)

/opt/<software installation directory>/Base/libDb2Sbt.so -- gen_context(system_u:object_r:texrel_shlib_t,s0)

/opt/<software installation directory>/Base/libdb2trcapi.so.1 -- gen_context(system_u:object_r:texrel_shlib_t,s0)

/opt/<software installation directory>/Base/libDrDatabase.so -- gen_context(system_u:object_r:texrel_shlib_t,s0)

/opt/<software installation directory>/Base/libIndexing.so -- gen_context(system_u:object_r:texrel_shlib_t,s0)

/opt/<software installation directory>/Base/libSnooper.so -- gen_context(system_u:object_r:texrel_shlib_t,s0)

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 15 of 199

Page 16: Oraasfsa

DISCLAIMER

Minor revisions and/or service packs that are released by application and operating system vendors may, in some cases, affect the working of our software. Although we may list such revisions and/or service packs as “supported” in our System Requirements, changes to the behavior of our software resulting from an application or operating system revision/service pack may be beyond our control. However, we will make every effort to correct such disruption as quickly as possible. When in doubt, please contact your software provider to ensure support for a specific application or operating system.

Additional considerations regarding minimum requirements and End of Life policies from application and operating system vendors are also applicable.

3. Execute the policy module. Use the following command:

[root]# restorecon -R /opt/<software installation directory>

SELinux is now configured to work with this application.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 16 of 199

Page 17: Oraasfsa

Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Windows

Click on a link below to go to a specific section of the software installation:

Install Requirements

Install Checklist

Before You Begin

Install Procedure

Getting Started

Select Components for Installation

Firewall Configuration

Configuration of Other Installation Options

Storage Policy Selection

Client Group Selection

Configure Oracle Specific Information

Verify Summary of Install Options

Schedule Automatic Update

Install Remaining Cluster Nodes

Setup Complete

Post-Install Considerations

Install Requirements

The Oracle iDataAgent is installed on the computer on which the Oracle Database application resides. (This computer is referred to as the Client computer in this install procedure.)

Verify that the computer in which you wish to install the software satisfies the minimum requirements specified in System Requirements - Oracle iDataAgent and in System Requirements - Microsoft Windows File System iDataAgent.

The following procedure describes the steps involved in installing the Windows File System and the Oracle iDataAgent. If you choose to install multiple components simultaneously, refer to the appropriate procedures for installation requirements and steps specific to the component. Note that when you install multiple components, the sequence of the install steps may vary.

Review the following Install Requirements before installing the software:

General Agents should be installed only after the CommServe and at least one MediaAgent have been. Also, keep in mind that the CommServe® software and MediaAgent must be installed and running (but not necessarily on the same computer), before you can install the Agent.

This software should be installed in a CommCell component with current versions of the CommServe Server and MediaAgent software.

Close all applications and disable any programs that run automatically, including anti-virus, screen savers and operating system utilities. Some of the programs, including many anti-virus programs, may be running as a service. Stop and disable such services before you begin. You can re-enable them after the installation.

Ensure there is an available license on the CommServe software for the Agent.

Verify that you have the software installation disc that is appropriate to the destination computer’s operating system. Make sure that you have the latest software installation disc before you start to install the software. If you are not sure, contact your software provider.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 17 of 199

Page 18: Oraasfsa

Firewall

If the CommServe® Server, MediaAgent and/or Clients communicate across two-way firewall(s):

Ensure port 8400 is allowed connections through the firewall.

In addition a range of bi-directional ports (consecutive or discrete) must also be allowed connections through the firewall.

For information on configuring the range of ports, see Port Requirements for Two-way Firewall.

If the CommServe Server, MediaAgent and/or Clients communicate across one-way firewall(s):

Identify a range of outbound ports (consecutive or discrete) for use by the software.

For information on configuring the range of ports, see Port Requirements for One-way Firewall.

If the MediaAgent/Client communicates with the CommServe Server across a one-way firewall, you must add the MediaAgent/Client host name (or the IP address) in the CommServe computer before installing the necessary software on the MediaAgent/Client computer.

Reboot Required

A reboot will be required after installation, before you can use this Agent.

Agent Specific The Oracle Database application has been installed on the client.

For a database Agent, you may be required or be given the option to shut down the instances/databases for the agent before or during the following procedure. See Shut Down Instances for more information.

Although the File System iDataAgent is a prerequisite, you do not have to install it separately. The Oracle iDataAgent installation program checks for the File System iDataAgent and installs it automatically if it is not installed.

A reboot will be required after install/upgrade to initialize the QSnap driver, before you can use this Agent.

Install Checklist

Collect the following information before installing the software. Use the space provided to record the information, and retain this information in your Disaster Recovery binder.

1. Install folder location:________________________________________________________________

See Select Components for Installation for more information.

2. If the CommServe Server and the client computer communicate across a firewall:

Firewall ports: ______________________________________________________________________

Hostnames and/or IP Addresses and corresponding GxCVD port numbers of computers on the other side of the firewall:______________

Keep Alive Interval minutes:____________________________________________________________

Hostname for outgoing tunnel connections:_________________________________________________

Tunnel Initialization Interval seconds:_____________________________________________________

See Firewall Configuration for more information.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 18 of 199

Page 19: Oraasfsa

3. CommServe Host Name or the CommServe IP address:______________________________________

See Configuration of Other Installation Options for more information.

4. Client computer's Host name (NetBIOS name) or IP address____________________________________

See Configuration of Other Installation Options for more information.

5. Job result folder location:________________________________________________________________

If necessary, Name and Password for the specified folder:_______________________________________

See Configuration of Other Installation Options for more information.

6. Storage Policy used by the default subclient:________________________________________________

See Storage Policy Selection for more information.

7. Client Group to which this Client will be associated:_____________________________________________

See Client Group Selection for more information.

8. Time and frequency for Install of Automatic Updates:_________________________________________

See Schedule Automatic Update for more information.

Before You Begin

Log on to the client as local Administrator or as a member of the Administrators group on that computer.

Install Procedure

Getting Started

1. Place the software installation disc for the Windows platform into the disc drive.

After a few seconds, the installation program is launched.

If the installation program does not launch automatically:

Click the Start button on the Windows task bar, and then click Run.

Browse to the installation disc drive, select Setup.exe, click Open, then click OK.

NOTES

If you are installing on a x64 version of Windows 2008 Server Core R2, go to the AMD64 folder and run Setup.exe.

2. In this screen, you choose the language you want to use

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 19 of 199

Page 20: Oraasfsa

during installation. Click the down arrow, select the desired language from the pull-down list, and click Next to continue.

3. Select the option to install software.

NOTES

This screen will only appear when the bAllow32BitInstallOn64Bit registry key has been created and enabled on this computer.

4. Select the option to install software on this computer.

NOTES

The options that appear on this screen depend on the computer in which the software is being installed.

5. Read the Welcome screen.

Click Next to continue, if no other applications are running.

6. Read the virus scanning software warning.

Click OK to continue, if virus scanning software is disabled.

7. Read the license agreement, then select I accept the terms in the license agreement.

Click Next to continue.

Select Components for Installation

8. Select the component(s) to install.

NOTES

Your screen may look different from the example shown.

Components that either have already been installed, or which cannot be installed, will be dimmed. Hover over the component for additional details.

The Special Registry Keys In Use field will be enabled when GalaxyInstallerFlags registry keys have been enabled on this computer. Hover over the field to see which keys have been set, as well as their values. For more information, see Registry Keys.

Click Next to continue.

To install the Oracle iDataAgent expand the Client Modules folder, the iDataAgents folder, and the Database Agents folder then select the following:

iDA for Oracle

When you select the Oracle iDataAgent for install, the appropriate Windows File System iDataAgent is automatically selected for install.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 20 of 199

Page 21: Oraasfsa

9. Specify the location where you want to install the software.

NOTES

Do not install the software to a mapped network drive.

Do not use the following characters when specifying the destination path: / : * ? " < > | It is recommended that you use alphanumeric characters only.

If you intend to install other components on this computer, the selected installation directory will be automatically used for that software as well.

If a component has already been installed, this screen may not be displayed if the installer can use the same install location as previously used.

If you intend to use the SnapProtect™ feature for Windows File System iDataAgent, the agent should be installed on a non-system drive and not a filer volume.

Click Browse to change directories.

Click Next to continue.

Firewall Configuration

10. Select from the following:

If this Client communicates with the CommServe Server and/or MediaAgent across a firewall, select Yes, configure firewall services, and then click Next to continue. Proceed to the next Step.

If firewall configuration is not required, click No, do not configure firewall services and then click Next to continue. Proceed to the next section.

NOTES

Operating systems, such as Windows 2008 and Windows Vista, may have more than one profile present. When you select No to configure firewall services, verify that firewall settings are not enabled in the profile(s).

If the system detects firewall settings are present in the profile(s), you must select from the following:

Disable firewall for ALL profiles: Employ caution when choosing this option; firewall settings will be disabled in all profiles. This requires a system reboot; installation automatically resumes after reboot.

No, Firewall is not enabled: Select this option if your firewall settings allow communication with the CommServe

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 21 of 199

Page 22: Oraasfsa

computer. Click Back to configure firewall services.

11. Click the Specify list of machine across the firewall option and then specify the list of hosts separated from this computer by a firewall. Make sure you correctly describe whether the firewall allows two-way communication (but on a limited range of ports), or one-way communication (with either only remote host being able to make connections to this computer, or vice versa).

For all one-way firewalls allowing incoming connections and those one-way firewalls allowing outgoing connections without additional port filtering, skip this step.

Click Next to continue.

NOTES

Consider the following:

On the CommServe Server, this list should include all the MediaAgents and Clients that are on the other side of the firewall.

On the MediaAgents/Clients this should include the CommServe computer, and any other Clients/MediaAgents on the other side of the firewall with which communications will be established.

For each machine on the other side of the firewall that you want to configure, choose the type of firewall configuration based on the firewall setup in your environment. Choose from the following options:

Click on 2-way firewall if you can open certain ports as bi-directional ports.

Click 1-way firewall; host is reachable from this machine on the machine that is on the secure side of the firewall.

Click 1-way firewall; host is NOT reachable from this machine on the machine that is on the public / DMZ side of the firewall.

If you wish to communicate with computers in a clustered environment, ensure that you add the Host Name/IP Address of all physical nodes in the cluster (even if no CommCell components are installed) and all the virtual nodes in which CommCell components are installed.

Type the host name or the IP address and the GxCVD port number of the host name, and click Add to place it in the Host Name/IP Address List.

12. Click the Specify list of restricted open ports option and then specify the port range. Add the starting and ending port range and then click Add to place it in the Open Port List. Repeat as needed.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 22 of 199

Page 23: Oraasfsa

If firewall separating this computer from others allows incoming connections, but these connections can be made only on a limited set of ports, then configure the appropriate port range here. For all other scenarios, skip this step.

Note that if you do not specify hostname(s) as well as port number(s), then the firewall services will not be configured.

NOTES

Typically in a two-way firewall, the open ports must be indicated for all computers. In a one-way firewall, the ports must be specified on computers in the open side, if they are open in a restricted way. Note that the port ranges are not required for computers that are fully closed in the one-way firewall. For example, laptops which are configured as clients in the Workstation Backup Agent.

In a clustered environment, make sure the firewall ports specified here are open for communication on all the physical nodes as well as the virtual nodes.

Click Next to continue.

13. If desired, modify the Keep Alive interval.

Click Next to continue.

14. Optionally, select Advanced Firewall Configuration and specify a local host name interface to use for outgoing tunnel connections through the firewall. Otherwise, the interface and port is automatically selected for you by the OS.

Click Next to continue.

15. If desired, modify the Tunnel Initialization interval.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 23 of 199

Page 24: Oraasfsa

Click Next to continue.

Configuration of Other Installation Options

16. Enter the fully qualified domain name of the CommServe computer. (TCP/IP network name. e.g., computer.company.com)

NOTES

Do not use spaces when specifying a new name for the CommServe Host Name.

If a component has already been installed, this screen will not be displayed; instead, the installer will use the same Server Name as previously specified.

Click Next to continue.

17. Enter the username and password information for an external domain user account or a CommCell user account. This authorizes the installation of an agent on the CommCell.

NOTES

This window is only displayed when the Require Authentication for Agent Installation option is selected in the CommCell Properties. Users must belong to a User Group with Administrative Management capabilities to enable this feature. For more information, see Authentication for Agent Installs.

Click Next to continue.

18. Enter the following:

The local (NetBIOS) name of the client computer.

The TCP/IP IP host name of the NIC that the client computer must use to communicate with the CommServe Server.

NOTES

Do not use spaces when specifying a new name for the Client.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 24 of 199

Page 25: Oraasfsa

The default network interface name of the client computer is displayed if the computer has only one network interface. If the computer has multiple network interfaces, enter the interface name that is preferred for communication with the CommServe Server.

If a component has already been installed, this screen will not be displayed; instead, the install program will use the same name as previously specified.

Click Next to continue.

19. Specify the following and click Next to continue:

Type the location of the client's job results directory, or click Browse.

NOTES

The Agent uses the job results directory to store the client's backup and restore job results.

Storage Policy Selection

20. Select the storage policy through which you want to back up/archive the indicated component (subclient, instance, etc.)

NOTES

A storage policy directs backup data to a media library. Each library has a default storage policy.

When you install an Agent, the install program creates a default subclient for most Agents.

If desired, you can change your storage policy selection at any time after you have installed the client software.

If applicable, enable Global Filters for the default subclient.

If this screen appears more than once, it is because you have selected multiple agents for installation and are configuring storage policy association for each of the installed agents.

Click Next to continue.

Client Group Selection

21. Select a Client Group from the list.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 25 of 199

Page 26: Oraasfsa

Click Next to continue.

NOTES

This screen will be displayed only if Client Groups are configured in the CommCell Console. For more information, see Client Computer Groups.

Configure Oracle Specific Information

22. Make sure that all Oracle Instances are shut down before continuing. If necessary, click Service Control Manager to stop the Oracle services. After all Oracle Instances have been shut down, click Next to continue.

23. Click Search ORASBT.DLL to search all locations specified in the SYSTEM PATH environment variable to find any occurrences of the ORASBT.DLL file. For all occurrences that are found, you need to either rename or delete these occurrences so that the Oracle Database iDataAgent can use the correct ORASBT.DLL. After renaming or deleting all occurrences of this DLL, click Next to continue.

24. Select Download Pack(s) and Install to download and install the latest service packs and post packs from the software provider.

NOTES

Internet connectivity is required to download updates.

This step is applicable when installing on the first instance.

Updates are downloaded to the following

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 26 of 199

Page 27: Oraasfsa

directory: <software installation>/Base/Temp/DownloadedPacks. They are launched silently and installed automatically for the first instance.

Click Next to continue.

Verify Summary of Install Options

25. Verify the summary of selected options.

NOTES

The Summary on your screen should reflect the components you selected for install, and may look different from the example shown.

Click Next to continue or Back to change any of the options.

The install program now starts copying the software to the computer. This step may take several minutes to complete.

26. The System Reboot message may be displayed. If so, select one of the following:

Skip Reboot This option will be displayed if the install program finds any files belonging to other applications, that need to be replaced. As these files are not critical for this installation, you may skip the reboot and continue the installation and reboot the computer at a later time.

Reboot Now If this option is displayed without the Skip Reboot option, the install program has found files required by the software that are in use and need to be replaced. If Reboot Now is displayed without the Skip Reboot option, reboot the computer at this point. The install program will automatically continue after the reboot.

Exit Setup If you want to exit the install program, click Exit Setup.

Schedule Automatic Update

27. If necessary, select this option to schedule an automatic installation of software updates.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 27 of 199

Page 28: Oraasfsa

NOTES

Install Updates Schedule allows automatic installation of the necessary software updates on the computer on a single or weekly basis. If you do not select this option, you can schedule these updates later from the CommCell Console.

To avoid conflict, do not schedule the automatic installation of software updates to occur at the same time as the automatic FTP downloading of software updates.

You may be prompted to reboot the computer before restarting services.

If a component has already been installed, this screen will not be displayed; instead, the installer will use the same option as previously specified.

Click Next to continue.

28. Setup reminds you that the computer must be restarted, after the installation completes, before you can use this Agent.

Click OK to continue.

Install Remaining Cluster Nodes

29. If you are installing/upgrading the software on the physical node in a clustered environment, use this option to install/upgrade the software on the remaining physical nodes of the cluster.

To install/upgrade the software on the remaining nodes of the cluster, click Yes.

To complete the install/upgrade for this node only, click No.

See Install/Upgrade Remaining Cluster Nodes for step-by-step instructions.

Setup Complete

30. Click Next to continue.

NOTES

Schedules help ensure that the data protection operations for the Agent are automatically performed on a regular basis without user intervention. For more information, see Scheduling.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 28 of 199

Page 29: Oraasfsa

31. Select from the following:

If the Reboot Now button is displayed, a reboot is required before you can use the software. You can click this button to restart the computer now, or choose to perform the restart at another time. If the Reboot Now button is not displayed, it will not be necessary to restart the computer.

Click Finish to exit the program.

NOTES

The Setup Complete message displayed on your screen will reflect the components you installed/upgraded, and may look different from the example shown.

If you install an Agent with the CommCell Console open, you need to refresh the CommCell Console (F5) to see the new Agents.

This procedure is now complete.

Post-Install Considerations

General Install post-release updates or Service Packs that may have been released after the release of the software. If you are installing a Service Pack, verify and ensure that it is the same version as the one installed in the CommServe Server. Alternatively, you can enable Automatic Updates for quick and easy installation of updates in the CommCell component.

After installing the Agent, you may want to configure the Agent before running a data protection operation. The following list includes some of the most common features that can be configured:

Configure your subclients - see Subclients for more information.

Schedule your data protection operations - see Scheduling for more information.

Configure Alerts - See Alerts and Monitoring for more information.

Schedule Reports - See Reports for more information.

The software provides many more features that you will find useful. See the Index for a complete list of supported features.

Agent Specific Before you can begin using the Oracle iDataAgent for data protection operations, you must Create an Instance.

To plan for a full system restore of the Oracle database in the event of a destroyed or damaged client, we recommend that you configure the client for disaster recovery by including the Oracle database files in your file system backups. Refer to Disaster Recovery Considerations for more information and procedures.

Disaster Recovery Considerations Before you use your agent, be sure to review and understand the associated full system restore (or disaster recovery) procedure. The procedure for some agents may require that you plan specific actions or consider certain items before an emergency occurs. See Disaster Recovery for more information regarding your agent.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 29 of 199

Page 30: Oraasfsa

Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Windows - Clustered Environment - Virtual Server

Click on a link below to go to a specific section of the software installation:

Install Requirements

Install Checklist

Before You Begin

Install Procedure

Getting Started

Cluster Selection

Select Components for Installation

Firewall Configuration

Configuration of Other Installation Options

Storage Policy Selection

Client Group Selection

Configure Oracle Specific Information

Verify Summary of Install Options

Schedule Automatic Update

Install Remaining Cluster Nodes

Setup Complete

Post-Install Considerations

Install Requirements

The Windows File System iDataAgent must be first installed onto all of the physical nodes of the cluster. See Install the Microsoft Windows File System iDataAgent if you have not installed it on all of the physical nodes. Once it has been installed onto the physical nodes, the Oracle iDataAgent and the Windows File System iDataAgent can be installed from the active node to the virtual server using the following procedure. The software can also be automatically installed on all available passive nodes when the software is installed onto the virtual server, or you can choose to install any passive node(s) separately.

For an overview of deploying the software components in a clustered environment, see Clustering Support.

Verify that all of the computers to which software will be installed satisfy the minimum requirements specified in System Requirements - Oracle iDataAgent and in System Requirements - Microsoft Windows File System iDataAgent.

The following procedure describes the steps involved in installing the Oracle iDataAgent and the Windows File System iDataAgent. If you choose to install additional components simultaneously, refer to the appropriate procedures for installation requirements and steps specific to the component. Note that when you install multiple components, the sequence of the install steps may vary.

Review the following Install Requirements before installing the software:

General Agents should be installed only after the CommServe and at least one MediaAgent have been. Also, keep in mind that the CommServe® software and MediaAgent must be installed and running (but not necessarily on the same computer), before you can install the Agent.

This software should be installed in a CommCell component with current versions of the CommServe Server and MediaAgent software.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 30 of 199

Page 31: Oraasfsa

Close all applications and disable any programs that run automatically, including anti-virus, screen savers and operating system utilities. Some of the programs, including many anti-virus programs, may be running as a service. Stop and disable such services before you begin. You can re-enable them after the installation.

Ensure there is an available license on the CommServe software for the Agent.

Verify that you have the software installation disc that is appropriate to the destination computer’s operating system. Make sure that you have the latest software installation disc before you start to install the software. If you are not sure, contact your software provider.

Firewall

If the CommServe® Server, MediaAgent and/or Clients communicate across two-way firewall(s):

Ensure port 8400 is allowed connections through the firewall.

In addition a range of bi-directional ports (consecutive or discrete) must also be allowed connections through the firewall.

For information on configuring the range of ports, see Port Requirements for Two-way Firewall.

If the CommServe Server, MediaAgent and/or Clients communicate across one-way firewall(s):

Identify a range of outbound ports (consecutive or discrete) for use by the software.

For information on configuring the range of ports, see Port Requirements for One-way Firewall.

If the MediaAgent/Client communicates with the CommServe Server across a one-way firewall, you must add the MediaAgent/Client host name (or the IP address) in the CommServe computer before installing the necessary software on the MediaAgent/Client computer.

If a MediaAgent or Client on a Microsoft Windows MSCS virtual server needs to communicate with other CommCell components across a firewall, you must:

Install File System iDataAgent or MediaAgent on all the physical nodes of the cluster. During the installation, use the firewall related prompts to establish the firewall settings required by the software to communicate across the firewall.

Then install the software components on the virtual nodes. (It is not necessary to configure the firewall settings again in the virtual nodes.)

If the cluster communicates with the CommServe across a one-way firewall, you must add both the physical and virtual nodes' host names (or the IP addresses) in the CommServe computer before installing the software.

Cluster Check the following on the cluster computer in which you wish to install the software:

Cluster software is installed and running.

Active and passive nodes are available.

Disk array devices configured with access to the shared array.

Public Network Interface Card is bound first, before the private Network Interface Card. (Does not apply to NetWare Cluster.)

Prior to installing the Oracle iDataAgent on a virtual server that does not have the required cluster resource type (i.e., Oracle Failsafe) in Windows Cluster Administrator, you must use the bAllowOracleOnVmWithoutFailsafe registry key to bypass this requirement and enable the Oracle iDataAgent option on the platform selection screen for this configuration.

Reboot Required

A reboot will be required after installation, before you can use this Agent.

Agent Specific The Oracle Database application has been installed on the client.

For a database Agent, you may be required or be given the option to shut down the

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 31 of 199

Page 32: Oraasfsa

instances/databases for the agent before or during the following procedure. See Shut Down Instances for more information.

Although the File System iDataAgent is a prerequisite, you do not have to install it separately. The Oracle iDataAgent installation program checks for the File System iDataAgent and installs it automatically if it is not installed.

A reboot will be required after install/upgrade to initialize the QSnap driver, before you can use this Agent.

Install Checklist

Collect the following information before installing the software. Use the space provided to record the information, and retain this information in your Disaster Recovery binder.

1. Name of the disk group in which the virtual server resides ____________________________________

See Cluster Selection for more information.

2. Install folder location:________________________________________________________________

See Select Components for Installation for more information.

3. If the CommServe Server and the client computer communicate across a firewall:

Firewall ports: ______________________________________________________________________

Hostnames and/or IP Addresses and corresponding GxCVD port numbers of computers on the other side of the firewall:______________

Keep Alive Interval minutes:____________________________________________________________

Hostname for outgoing tunnel connections:_________________________________________________

Tunnel Initialization Interval seconds:_____________________________________________________

See Firewall Configuration for more information.

4. Client computer's Host name (NetBIOS name) or IP address____________________________________

See Configuration of Other Installation Options for more information.

5. CommServe Host Name or the CommServe IP address:______________________________________

See Configuration of Other Installation Options for more information.

6. Job result folder location:________________________________________________________________

If necessary, Name and Password for the specified folder:_______________________________________

See Configuration of Other Installation Options for more information.

7. Storage Policy used by the default subclient:________________________________________________

See Storage Policy Selection for more information.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 32 of 199

Page 33: Oraasfsa

8. Client Group to which this Client will be associated:_____________________________________________

See Client Group Selection for more information.

9. Time and frequency for Install of Automatic Updates:_________________________________________

See Schedule Automatic Update for more information.

Before You Begin

Log on to the active node as the Domain User with administrative privileges to all nodes on the cluster.

Install Procedure

Getting Started

1. Place the software installation disc for the Windows platform into the disc drive.

After a few seconds, the installation program is launched.

If the installation program does not launch automatically:

Click the Start button on the Windows task bar, and then click Run.

Browse to the installation disc drive, select Setup.exe, click Open, then click OK.

NOTES

If remotely installing to other physical nodes of the cluster, ensure you mount the software installation disc on a UNC path or a shared location (e.g., \\machine_name\shared_directory_name).

2. In this screen, you choose the language you want to use during installation. Click the down arrow, select the desired language from the pull-down list, and click Next to continue.

3. Select the option to install software.

NOTES

This screen will only appear when the bAllow32BitInstallOn64Bit registry key has been created and enabled on this computer.

4. Select the option to install software on this computer.

NOTES

The options that appear on this screen depend on the computer in which the software is being installed.

5. Read the Welcome screen.

Click Next to continue, if no other applications are

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 33 of 199

Page 34: Oraasfsa

running.

6. Read the virus scanning software warning.

Click OK to continue, if virus scanning software is disabled.

7. Read the license agreement, then select I accept the terms in the license agreement.

Click Next to continue.

Cluster Selection

8. Select Configure a Virtual Server.

Click Next to continue.

9. Select the disk group in which the virtual server resides.

Click Next to continue.

Select Components for Installation

10. Select the component(s) to install.

NOTES

Your screen may look different from the example shown.

Components that either have already been installed, or which cannot be installed, will be dimmed. Hover over the component for additional details.

The Special Registry Keys In Use field will be enabled when GalaxyInstallerFlags registry keys have been enabled on this

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 34 of 199

Page 35: Oraasfsa

computer. Hover over the field to see which keys have been set, as well as their values. For more information, see Registry Keys.

Click Next to continue.

To install the Oracle iDataAgent expand the Client Modules folder, the iDataAgents folder, and the Database Agents folder then select the following:

iDA for Oracle

When you select the Oracle iDataAgent for install, the appropriate Windows File System iDataAgent is automatically selected for install.

11. Specify the location where you want to install the software.

NOTES

Do not install the software to a mapped network drive.

Do not use the following characters when specifying the destination path: / : * ? " < > | It is recommended that you use alphanumeric characters only.

If you intend to install other components on this computer, the selected installation directory will be automatically used for that software as well.

If a component has already been installed, this screen may not be displayed if the installer can use the same install location as previously used.

If you intend to use the SnapProtect™ feature for Windows File System iDataAgent, the agent should be installed on a non-system drive and not a filer volume.

Click Browse to change directories.

Click Next to continue.

Proprietary disk resources will not appear in the browse window. To install to a proprietary disk resource, manually enter the path.

After installing to a proprietary disk resource, the error message CVD failed to set dependency may be generated. To set the dependency, open the Cluster Administrator and select the CVD that has just been installed. Click on the Properties Dependencies tab, and click Modify. Select the proprietary disk resource and click OK.

Do not select the same destination drive in which the MSCS resides.

Firewall Configuration

12. Select from the following:

If this Client communicates with the CommServe Server and/or MediaAgent across

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 35 of 199

Page 36: Oraasfsa

a firewall, select Yes, configure firewall services, and then click Next to continue. Proceed to the next Step.

If firewall configuration is not required, click No, do not configure firewall services and then click Next to continue. Proceed to the next section.

NOTES

Operating systems, such as Windows 2008 and Windows Vista, may have more than one profile present. When you select No to configure firewall services, verify that firewall settings are not enabled in the profile(s).

If the system detects firewall settings are present in the profile(s), you must select from the following:

Disable firewall for ALL profiles: Employ caution when choosing this option; firewall settings will be disabled in all profiles. This requires a system reboot; installation automatically resumes after reboot.

No, Firewall is not enabled: Select this option if your firewall settings allow communication with the CommServe computer. Click Back to configure firewall services.

13. Click the Specify list of machine across the firewall option and then specify the list of hosts separated from this computer by a firewall. Make sure you correctly describe whether the firewall allows two-way communication (but on a limited range of ports), or one-way communication (with either only remote host being able to make connections to this computer, or vice versa).

For all one-way firewalls allowing incoming connections and those one-way firewalls allowing outgoing connections without additional port filtering, skip this step.

Click Next to continue.

NOTES

Consider the following:

On the CommServe Server, this list should include all the MediaAgents and Clients that are on the other side of the firewall.

On the MediaAgents/Clients this should include the CommServe computer, and any other Clients/MediaAgents on the other side of the firewall with which communications will be established.

For each machine on the other side of the firewall that you want to configure, choose the type of firewall configuration based on the firewall setup in your environment. Choose

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 36 of 199

Page 37: Oraasfsa

from the following options:

Click on 2-way firewall if you can open certain ports as bi-directional ports.

Click 1-way firewall; host is reachable from this machine on the machine that is on the secure side of the firewall.

Click 1-way firewall; host is NOT reachable from this machine on the machine that is on the public / DMZ side of the firewall.

If you wish to communicate with computers in a clustered environment, ensure that you add the Host Name/IP Address of all physical nodes in the cluster (even if no CommCell components are installed) and all the virtual nodes in which CommCell components are installed.

Type the host name or the IP address and the GxCVD port number of the host name, and click Add to place it in the Host Name/IP Address List.

14. Click the Specify list of restricted open ports option and then specify the port range. Add the starting and ending port range and then click Add to place it in the Open Port List. Repeat as needed.

If firewall separating this computer from others allows incoming connections, but these connections can be made only on a limited set of ports, then configure the appropriate port range here. For all other scenarios, skip this step.

Note that if you do not specify hostname(s) as well as port number(s), then the firewall services will not be configured.

NOTES

Typically in a two-way firewall, the open ports must be indicated for all computers. In a one-way firewall, the ports must be specified on computers in the open side, if they are open in a restricted way. Note that the port ranges are not required for computers that are fully closed in the one-way firewall. For example, laptops which are configured as clients in the Workstation Backup Agent.

In a clustered environment, make sure the firewall ports specified here are open for communication on all the physical nodes as well as the virtual nodes.

Click Next to continue.

15. If desired, modify the Keep Alive interval.

Click Next to continue.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 37 of 199

Page 38: Oraasfsa

16. Optionally, select Advanced Firewall Configuration and specify a local host name interface to use for outgoing tunnel connections through the firewall. Otherwise, the interface and port is automatically selected for you by the OS.

Click Next to continue.

17. If desired, modify the Tunnel Initialization interval.

Click Next to continue.

If any of the above prompts for firewall configuration is not displayed, you must configure communication across firewall(s) using the Firewall Configuration Wizard before running any operations on this computer. (See Configure or Modify Firewall Settings on Windows Computers for step-by-step instructions on using the Firewall Configuration Wizard.)

Configuration of Other Installation Options

18. Enter the fully qualified domain name of the CommServe computer. (TCP/IP network name. e.g., computer.company.com)

NOTES

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 38 of 199

Page 39: Oraasfsa

Do not use spaces when specifying a new name for the CommServe Host Name.

If a component has already been installed, this screen will not be displayed; instead, the installer will use the same Server Name as previously specified.

Click Next to continue.

19. Enter the username and password information for an external domain user account or a CommCell user account. This authorizes the installation of an agent on the CommCell.

NOTES

This window is only displayed when the Require Authentication for Agent Installation option is selected in the CommCell Properties. Users must belong to a User Group with Administrative Management capabilities to enable this feature. For more information, see Authentication for Agent Installs.

Click Next to continue.

20. Enter the following:

The local (NetBIOS) name of the client computer.

The TCP/IP IP host name of the NIC that the client computer must use to communicate with the CommServe Server.

NOTES

Do not use spaces when specifying a new name for the Client.

The default network interface name of the client computer is displayed if the computer has only one network interface. If the computer has multiple network interfaces, enter the interface name that is preferred for communication with the CommServe Server.

If a component has already been installed, this screen will not be displayed; instead, the install program will use the same name as previously specified.

Click Next to continue.

21. Specify the following and click Next to continue:

Type the location of the client's job results directory, or click Browse.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 39 of 199

Page 40: Oraasfsa

NOTES

The Agent uses the job results directory to store the client's backup and restore job results.

Storage Policy Selection

22. Select the storage policy through which you want to back up/archive the indicated component (subclient, instance, etc.)

NOTES

A storage policy directs backup data to a media library. Each library has a default storage policy.

When you install an Agent, the install program creates a default subclient for most Agents.

If desired, you can change your storage policy selection at any time after you have installed the client software.

If applicable, enable Global Filters for the default subclient.

If this screen appears more than once, it is because you have selected multiple agents for installation and are configuring storage policy association for each of the installed agents.

Click Next to continue.

Client Group Selection

23. Select a Client Group from the list.

Click Next to continue.

NOTES

This screen will be displayed only if Client Groups are configured in the CommCell Console. For more information, see Client Computer Groups.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 40 of 199

Page 41: Oraasfsa

Configure Oracle Specific Information

24. If you have Oracle FailSafe configured for your clustered environment, then use Oracle FailSafe Manager to shut down the instance before continuing with the install. If your site is not configured for Oracle FailSafe, then you can disregard this message.

Click OK to continue.

25. Make sure that all Oracle Instances are shut down before continuing. If necessary, click Service Control Manager to stop the Oracle services. After all Oracle Instances have been shut down, click Next to continue.

26. Click Search ORASBT.DLL to search all locations specified in the SYSTEM PATH environment variable to find any occurrences of the ORASBT.DLL file. For all occurrences that are found, you need to either rename or delete these occurrences so that the Oracle Database iDataAgent can use the correct ORASBT.DLL. After renaming or deleting all occurrences of this DLL, click Next to continue.

27. Select Download Pack(s) and Install to download and install the latest service packs and post packs from the software provider.

NOTES

Internet connectivity is required to download updates.

This step is applicable when installing on the first instance.

Updates are downloaded to the following directory: <software installation>/Base/Temp/DownloadedPacks. They are launched silently and installed automatically for the first instance.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 41 of 199

Page 42: Oraasfsa

Click Next to continue.

Verify Summary of Install Options

28. Verify the summary of selected options.

NOTES

The Summary on your screen should reflect the components you selected for install, and may look different from the example shown.

Click Next to continue or Back to change any of the options.

The install program now starts copying the software to the computer. This step may take several minutes to complete.

29. The System Reboot message may be displayed. If so, select one of the following:

Skip Reboot This option will be displayed if the install program finds any files belonging to other applications, that need to be replaced. As these files are not critical for this installation, you may skip the reboot and continue the installation and reboot the computer at a later time.

Reboot Now If this option is displayed without the Skip Reboot option, the install program has found files required by the software that are in use and need to be replaced. If Reboot Now is displayed without the Skip Reboot option, reboot the computer at this point. The install program will automatically continue after the reboot.

Exit Setup If you want to exit the install program, click Exit Setup.

Schedule Automatic Update

30. If necessary, select this option to schedule an automatic installation of software updates.

NOTES

Install Updates Schedule allows automatic installation of the necessary software updates on the computer on a single or weekly basis. If you do not select this option, you can schedule these updates later from the CommCell Console.

To avoid conflict, do not schedule the

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 42 of 199

Page 43: Oraasfsa

automatic installation of software updates to occur at the same time as the automatic FTP downloading of software updates.

You may be prompted to reboot the computer before restarting services.

If a component has already been installed, this screen will not be displayed; instead, the installer will use the same option as previously specified.

Click Next to continue.

31. Setup reminds you that the computer must be restarted, after the installation completes, before you can use this Agent.

Click OK to continue.

Install Remaining Cluster Nodes

32. To install/upgrade the software on the remaining nodes of the cluster, click Yes.

To complete the install for this node only, click No.

33. Select cluster nodes from the Preferred Nodes list and click the arrow button to move them to the Selected Nodes list.

NOTES

The list of Preferred Nodes displays all the nodes found in the cluster; from this list you should only select cluster nodes configured to host this virtual server.

Do not select nodes that already have multiple instances installed. For more information, see Multi Instancing.

When you have completed your selections, click Next to continue.

34. Type the User Name and Password for the Domain Administrator account, so that the installer can perform the remote install/upgrade of the cluster nodes you selected in the previous step.

Click Next to continue.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 43 of 199

Page 44: Oraasfsa

35. The progress of the remote install for the cluster nodes is displayed; the install can be interrupted if necessary.

Click Stop to prevent installation to any nodes after the current ones complete.

Click Advanced Settings to specify any of the following:

Maximum number of nodes on which Setup can run simultaneously.

Time allocated for Setup to begin executing on each node, after which the install attempt will fail.

Time allocated for Setup to complete on each node, after which the install attempt will fail.

NOTES

If, during the remote install of a cluster node, setup fails to complete or is interrupted, you must perform a local install on that node. When you do, the install begins from where it left off, or from the beginning if necessary. For procedures, see Manually Installing the Software on a Passive Node.

36. Read the summary for remote installation to verify that all selected nodes were installed successfully.

NOTES

If any node installation fails, you must manually install the software on that node once the current installation is complete. (See Manually Installing the Software on a Passive Node for step-by-step instructions.)

The message displayed on your screen will reflect the status of the selected nodes, and may look different from the example.

Click Next to continue.

Setup Complete

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 44 of 199

Page 45: Oraasfsa

37. Click Next to continue.

NOTES

Schedules help ensure that the data protection operations for the Agent are automatically performed on a regular basis without user intervention. For more information, see Scheduling.

38. Select from the following:

If the Reboot Now button is displayed, a reboot is required before you can use the software. You can click this button to restart the computer now, or choose to perform the restart at another time. If the Reboot Now button is not displayed, it will not be necessary to restart the computer.

Click Finish to exit the program.

NOTES

The Setup Complete message displayed on your screen will reflect the components you installed/upgraded, and may look different from the example shown.

If you install an Agent with the CommCell Console open, you need to refresh the CommCell Console (F5) to see the new Agents.

This procedure is now complete.

Post-Install Considerations

General Install post-release updates or Service Packs that may have been released after the release of the software. If you are installing a Service Pack, verify and ensure that it is the same version as the one installed in the CommServe Server. Alternatively, you can enable Automatic Updates for quick and easy installation of updates in the CommCell component.

After installing the Agent, you may want to configure the Agent before running a data protection operation. The following list includes some of the most common features that can be configured:

Configure your subclients - see Subclients for more information.

Schedule your data protection operations - see Scheduling for more information.

Configure Alerts - See Alerts and Monitoring for more information.

Schedule Reports - See Reports for more information.

The software provides many more features that you will find useful. See the Index for a complete list of supported features.

Agent Specific Before you can begin using the Oracle iDataAgent for data protection operations, you must Create an

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 45 of 199

Page 46: Oraasfsa

Instance.

To plan for a full system restore of the Oracle database in the event of a destroyed or damaged client, we recommend that you configure the client for disaster recovery by including the Oracle database files in your file system backups. Refer to Disaster Recovery Considerations for more information and procedures.

Disaster Recovery Considerations Before you use your agent, be sure to review and understand the associated full system restore (or disaster recovery) procedure. The procedure for some agents may require that you plan specific actions or consider certain items before an emergency occurs. See Disaster Recovery for more information regarding your agent.

Cluster If the passive node was not available while installing the software, you must manually install the software on the passive node now. (See Manually Installing the Software on a Passive Node for step-by-step instructions.)

By default, a failure of MediaAgent or Agent software on the active node in a Windows, Veritas, or HP Scalable NAS/PolyServe Cluster will not cause a failover to be initiated. For information on how to change this default behavior, see Clustering Support - Failovers.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 46 of 199

Page 47: Oraasfsa

Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Unix

Click on a link below to go to a specific section of the software installation:

Install Requirements

Install Checklist

Before You Begin

Install Procedure

Getting Started

Select Components for Installation

Base Software Installation

Firewall Configuration

Base Software Installation (continued)

Kernel Parameters

Storage Policy Selection

Enable Global Filters

Client Group Selection

Setup Complete

Post-Install Considerations

Install Requirements

The Oracle iDataAgent is installed on the computer on which the Oracle Database application resides. (This computer is referred to as the Client computer in this install procedure.)

Verify that the computer in which you wish to install the software satisfies the minimum requirements specified in System Requirements - Oracle iDataAgent and System Requirements - Unix File System iDataAgent.

The following procedure describes the steps involved in installing the Oracle iDataAgent and the Unix File System iDataAgent. If you choose to install multiple components simultaneously, refer to the appropriate procedures for installation requirements and steps specific to the component. Note that when you install multiple components, the sequence of the install steps may vary.

Review the following Install Requirements before installing the software:

General Agents should be installed only after the CommServe and at least one MediaAgent have been installed in the CommCell. Also, keep in mind that the CommServe and MediaAgent must be installed and running (but not necessarily on the same computer), before you can install the Agent.

This software should be installed in a CommCell with current versions of the CommServe and MediaAgent software.

Ensure there is an available license on the CommServe for the Agent.

Verify that you have the software installation disc that is appropriate to the destination computer’s operating system.

Make sure that you have the latest software installation disc before you start to install the software. If you are not sure, contact your software provider.

Firewall

If the CommServe® Server, MediaAgent and/or Clients communicate across two-way firewall(s):

Ensure port 8400 is allowed connections through the firewall.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 47 of 199

Page 48: Oraasfsa

In addition a range of bi-directional ports (consecutive or discrete) must also be allowed connections through the firewall.

For information on configuring the range of ports, see Port Requirements for Two-way Firewall.

If the CommServe Server, MediaAgent and/or Clients communicate across one-way firewall(s):

Identify a range of outbound ports (consecutive or discrete) for use by the software.

For information on configuring the range of ports, see Port Requirements for One-way Firewall.

If the MediaAgent/Client communicates with the CommServe Server across a one-way firewall, you must add the MediaAgent/Client host name (or the IP address) in the CommServe computer before installing the necessary software on the MediaAgent/Client computer.

Package Management Systems You can use the Red Hat Package Manager (RPM) package management system to install all Linux versions of the agent. Also, you can use the Advanced Packaging Tool (APT) package management system to install all Debian Linux versions of the agent. For step-by-step instructions, see Use the Package Management System for Installs.

Red Hat Linux Red Hat Linux will create an entry in the /etc/hosts file when it is first installed, in the following format:

<ip_address> <host name> localhost

For example, if the host name of your computer is bluesky, the entry will look something like this:

192.168.1.111 bluesky localhost

If you have not already done so, edit the /etc/hosts file. The edited entry should look like this:

127.0.0.1 localhost

Depending upon your environment, and using the above example again, you may also need an entry similar to this:

192.168.1.111 bluesky

Agent Specific For a database Agent, you may be required or be given the option to shut down the instances/databases for the agent before or during the following procedure. See Shut Down Instances for more information.

HP-UX If you are installing on a HP-UX computer, you must manually mount the installation disc as described in Mount the Software Installation Disc.

Install Checklist

Collect the following information before installing the software. Use the space provided to record the information, and retain this information in your Disaster Recovery binder.

1. Network host name:____________________________________

Client name:____________________________________

For example, green.domainname.com and green.

See Step 5 for more information.

2. Install directory location:________________________________________________________________

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 48 of 199

Page 49: Oraasfsa

The default is /opt, but you may designate any location you want.

See Base Software Installation for more information.

3. Log files directory location:________________________________________________________________

The default is /var/log, but you may designate any location you want.

See Base Software Installation for more information.

4. Network TCP port number for the Communications Service (CVD):_____________________________

Network TCP port number for the Client Event Manager Service (EvMgrC):___________________________

See Base Software Installation for more information.

5. If the CommServe Server and the client computer communicate across a firewall:

Firewall ports: ______________________________________________________________________

Hostnames and/or IP Addresses and corresponding GxCVD port numbers of computers on the other side of the firewall:______________

Keep Alive Interval minutes:____________________________________________________________

Hostname for outgoing tunnel connections:_________________________________________________

Tunnel Initialization Interval seconds:_____________________________________________________

See Firewall Configuration for more information.

6. CommServe Name and the CommServe Host Name:______________________________________

For example, orange and orange.domainname.com.

See Base Software Installation (continued) for more information.

7. Job result directory location:________________________________________________________________

The default is /opt, but you may designate any location you want.

See Base Software Installation (continued) for more information.

8. Number of Streams___________________________________________________

See Kernel Parameters for more information.

9. Storage Policy used by the default subclient:________________________________________________

See Storage Policy Selection for more information.

10. Client Group to which this Client will be associated:_____________________________________________

See Client Group Selection for more information.

Before You Begin

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 49 of 199

Page 50: Oraasfsa

The Oracle Database application has been installed on the client.

Log on to the client as root.

The install package requires super-user permissions to execute.

Install Procedure

Getting Started

1. Place the software installation disc for the Unix platform into the disc drive.

You can also install the product using a disc drive mounted on another computer on the network.

On Solaris, double-click the cvpkgadd program from the File Manager window.

On other Unix platforms, open the Terminal window, navigate to the software installation disc and then enter cvpkgadd.

2. The product banner and other information is displayed.

Press Enter to continue.

3. Read the license agreement. Type y and press Enter to continue.

4. This prompt is displayed only when you are installing on HP-UX, Linux, or Solaris computers.

Press Enter to continue

NOTES

When you install on non-clustered computer, you must select the number associated with the option Install on a physical machine.

Certain Data Protection Suite packages can be associated with a virtual IP, or in other words, installed on a "virtual machine" belonging to some cluster. At any given time the virtual machine's services and IP address are active on only one of the cluster's servers. The virtual machine can "fail-over" from one server to another, which includes stopping services and deactivating IP address on the first server and activating the IP address/services on the other server.

You now have a choice of performing a regular Data Protection Suite install on the physical host or installing Data Protection Suite on a virtual machine for operation within a cluster.

Most users should select "Install on a physical machine" here.

1) Install on a physical machine

2) Install on a virtual machine

3) Exit

Your choice: [1]

5. If you have only one network interface, press Enter to accept the default network interface name and

Network interface with the following IPs have been found

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 50 of 199

Page 51: Oraasfsa

continue.

If you have multiple network interfaces, enter the number corresponding to the network interface that you wish to use as default, and then press Enter to continue.

NOTES

The interface name and IP addresses depend on the computer in which the software is installed and may be different from the example shown.

available on your system. One of these interfaces should be associated with the physical machine being installed. It will also be used by the CommServe to initiate connections to the physical machine. Note that you will be able to additionally customize Datapipe Interface Pairs used for the backup data traffic later in the Data Protection Suite Java GUI.

Please select the correct network interface below. 1) client (201.42.33.598) 2) hk97::489:9glg:hk8d:9490 3) client.company.com (hr90:8842:2:78:013:8ghh:hg8k:9x54)

Interface number: [1]

If you have multiple network interfaces, enter the number corresponding to the network interface that you wish to use as default, and then press Enter to continue.

NOTES

The interface name and IP addresses depend on the computer in which the software is installed and may be different from the example shown.

When configuring an Oracle RAC iDataAgent, make sure that the network interface or host name you choose is same as the one configured in the database, or else the RAC configuration will fail.

Network interfaces with the following IPs have been found configured on your system. Please select one to be used by the CommServe to contact the client. 1) dunk.company.com (480.19.65.333)2) 480.19.66.326

Interface number: [1]

Verify the default network interface name.

Press Enter to accept the default network interface name and continue, or Type the default network interface name, and then press Enter to continue.

NOTES

This prompt will be displayed only when you have multiple network interfaces for the computer.

Please verify the physical machine interface name below. Make it as complete (with fully qualified domain name) as possible:

Physical Machine Host Name: [angel.company.com]

6. Specify the client name for the computer.

Press Enter to accept the default name and continue, or Enter a new client name for the computer and then press Enter to continue.

Please specify the client name for this machine. It does not have to be the network host name: you can enter any word here without spaces. The only requirement is that it must be unique on the CommServe.

Client name: [angel]

Select Components for Installation

7. Enter the number corresponding to the CVGxOrIDA module.

Install Data Protection Suite on physical machine client.company.com

Select the Data Protection Suite module that you would

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 51 of 199

Page 52: Oraasfsa

NOTES

Your screen may look different from the example shown.

Components that either have already been installed, or which cannot be installed, will not be shown.

In addition, the list of modules that appear depends on the specific Unix File System in which the package is installed. (e.g., CVGxWA will appear only when the installation package is run on a Solaris computer.)

Press Enter to continue.

like to install

1) Media Agent <= CVGxMA 2) FileSystem iDataAgent <= CVGxIDA 3) Exit this menu

Module number: [1]

Base Software Installation

8. Select from the following:

If this is the first package to be installed on the computer, press Enter to continue.

If this is NOT the first package to be installed on the computer, this screen will not be displayed. Skip to Storage Policy Selection.

Here is a list and status of the dependent modules:

1) Data Protection Suite Base0 Module NOT installed

2) Data Protection Suite Base Module NOT installed

If there are any modules listed as NOT installed/upgraded, they will be installed/upgraded first.

Press <ENTER> to proceed ...

9. Specify the location where you want to install the software.

NOTES

The amount of free space required depends on the components selected for install, and may look different from the example shown.

Press Enter to accept the default path and continue, or Enter a path and then press Enter to continue.

Press Enter again to confirm the path.

Please specify where you want us to install Data Protection Suite binaries.

It must be a local directory and there should be at least 209MB of free space available. All files will be installed in a "hds" subdirectory, so if you enter "/opt", the files will actually be placed into "/opt/hds".

Installation Directory: [/opt]

..

Data Protection Suite will be installed in /opt/hds. Press ENTER to continue ...

10. Specify the location for the Please specify where you want to keep Data Protection

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 52 of 199

Page 53: Oraasfsa

log files.

NOTES

All the modules installed on the computer will store the log files in this directory.

The amount of free space required depends on the components selected for install, and may look different from the example shown.

Press Enter to accept the default path and continue, or Enter a path and then press Enter to continue.

Press Enter again to confirm the path.

Suite log files.

It must be a local directory and there should be at least 100MB of free space available. All log files will be created in a "hds/Log_Files" subdirectory, so if you enter "/var/log", the logs will actually be placed into "/var/log/hds/Log_Files".

Log Directory: [/var/log]

..

Data Protection Suite log files will be created in /var/log/hds/Log_Files. Press ENTER to continue ...

11. Indicate whether you would like to launch processes with inherent database access rights.

Press Enter to assign a new group, or Type No and then press Enter to continue.

Most of Data Protection Suite processes run with root privileges, but some are launched by databases and inherit database access rights. To make sure that registry and log files can be written to by both kinds of processes we can either make such files world-writeable or we can grant write access only to processes belonging to a particular group, e.g. a "hds" or a "dba" group.

We highly recommend now that you create a new user group and enter its name in the next setup screen. If you choose not to assign a dedicated group to Data Protection Suite processes, all temporary and configuration files will be created with -rw-rw-rw permissions.

If you're planning to backup Oracle DB you should use "dba" group.

Would you like to assign a specific group to Data Protection Suite? [yes]

12. If you indicated Yes in the previous step, you will be prompted for the group name that must be used to launch processes.

Enter the group name and then press Enter to continue.

Press Enter again to continue.

For installs on a Solaris computer, proceed to the next step. Otherwise, skip to Storage Policy Selection.

Please enter the name of the group which will be assigned to all Data Protection Suite files and on behalf of which all Data Protection Suite processes will run.

In most of the cases it's a good idea to create a dedicated "hds" group. However, if you're planning to use Oracle iDataAgent or SAP Agent, you should enter Oracle's "dba" group here.

Group name: dba

REMINDER

If you are planning to install Data Protection Suite Informix, DB2, Sybase or Lotus Notes iDataAgent, please make sure to include Informix, DB2, etc. users into group "dba". Press <ENTER> to continue ...

13. Type a network TCP port number for the

Every instance of Data Protection Suite should use a unique set of network ports to avoid interfering with

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 53 of 199

Page 54: Oraasfsa

Communications Service (CVD) and press Enter.

Type a network TCP port number for the Client Event Manager Service (EvMgrC) and press Enter.

NOTES

For more information about Network TCP Ports, see Network TCP Port Requirements.

For more information about these services, see Services.

other instances running on the same machine. The port numbers selected must be from the reserved port number range and have not been registered by another application on this machine. Please enter the port numbers. Port Number for CVD : [8400] Port Number for EvMgrC: [8402]

Firewall Configuration

14. If this computer communicates with the CommServe, MediaAgent and/or other clients across a firewall, type Yes, and then press Enter to continue. Proceed to the next Step.

Press Enter, if you do not wish to configure the firewall services. Proceed to the next section.

Various Data Protection Suite components need to communicate with each other: iDataAgents and MediaAgents establish connections to CommServe and talk to each other as well. If any of the involved parties are situated on the opposite sides of a firewall, Data Protection Suite should be made aware of it so that it could bind its pipeline sockets to open ports and could establish tunnels for control traffic. You must configure Data Protection Suite firewall services if there are other Data Protection Suite machines, which are expected to communicate with this one. Do you want to configure Data Protection Suite firewall services? [no]

15. Enter the port range(s), and then press Enter to continue.

NOTES

Specify the range of ports that must be used for communication between the Client and CommServe and/or MediaAgent computers. For more information on the port requirements, see Port Requirements for Two-way Firewall or Port Requirements for One-way Firewall, as applicable.

Data Protection Suite needs to know which TCP ports of this machine are available for connections initiated by machines on the other side of the firewall.

If this machine is not reachable from the other side of the firewall at all (because the FW is one-way and allows only outgoing connections), enter any unused port number here (e.g. 8600). Otherwise please consult your FW configuration for the list of open incoming ports and enter all of them here (with the exception of port 8400).

Currently there are no ports configured. Please enter a single port number or a port range (like 8600-8620) to be added to the FW configuration:

Port range: [8600-8620]

16. Enter the number corresponding to the option you wish to perform.

NOTES

What would you like to do:

1) Add another open port or a range of ports

2) Delete an existing port or a range of ports

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 54 of 199

Page 55: Oraasfsa

If you choose option 1, refer the previous step.

If you choose option 3, proceed to the next step.

3) Continue with the firewalled host setup

Your choice: [3]

17. Enter the host name(s) of the computers that will need to be contacted through a firewall, and then press Enter to continue.

We need to know which Data Protection Suite hosts are located on the other side of the firewall, and whether the firewall will allow direct or reverse connections to/from those hosts.

You can specify hosts by either entering their names, IP addresses or name/IP wildcards. The wildcards are available only if the firewall is symmetrical, i.e. allows to open connections to certain ports both ways.

Currently there are no firewall hosts configured.

Please enter the name or IP address of a host on the other side of the firewall. If the firewall is symmetrical, you are allowed to use wildcards, i.e. things like 192.168.* or *.firewall.company.com:

Firewalled Host: lavender.company.com

18. Choose the option associated with type of firewall configuration based on the firewall setup in your environment.

NOTES

Choose Two-way (symmetrical) firewall if you can open certain ports as bi-directional ports.

Choose One-way firewall; <port> is reachable from here if this computer communicates with MediaAgent/Client on the other side of the firewall.

Choose One-way firewall; this machine is reachable from <port> when the CommServe and any Clients/MediaAgents) communicates with this computer.

Please specify the type of the firewall separating this machine from 172.19.61.89.

1) Two-way (symmetrical) firewall

2) One-way firewall, 172.19.61.89 is reachable from here

3) One-way firewall, this machine is reachable from 172.19.61.89

Your choice: [1]

19. Enter the number corresponding to the option you wish to perform.

NOTES

If you choose option 1, refer the previous two steps.

What would you like to do:

1) Configure another host

2) Delete an existing host

3) Continue with the firewall keep-alive setup

Your choice: [3] 1

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 55 of 199

Page 56: Oraasfsa

If you choose option 3, proceed to the next step.

20. If desired, modify the Keep Alive interval, and then press Enter to continue, or Press Enter to accept the default.

Please specify Keep Alive interval for Data Protection Suite firewall services.

Many firewalls disconnect idle Network connections after some period of time. Some of the Data Protection Suite Services need continuous connections. Data Protection Suite keeps such connections active by sending periodic "keep-alive" packets. Consult your firewall documentation, or contact your Network Administrator, for the exact value after which idle connections will be closed (snip time). Then enter a value, which is at least one minute less than the snip time.

Keep-alive interval, minutes [5]

21. To configure advanced firewall settings, type Yes, and then press Enter. Proceed to the next Step.

If you do not want to configure advanced firewall settings, type No, and then press Enter. Proceed to the next section.

The Generic part of the Data Protection Suite Firewall Config has been completed successfully. There are some additional advanced settings that you may want to review now. All of them can be customized later by editing the .properties file under /etc/CommVaultRegistry/Galaxy/Instance003/Firewall.

Would you like to review the advanced settings now? [no]

22. To bind the local end of tunnel connections to a specified interface, type Yes, and then press Enter. Proceed to the next Step.

If you do not want to bind the local end of tunnel connections to a specified interface, type No, and then press Enter. Skip the next Step.

Normally Data Protection Suite Firewall code doesn't bind local end of TCP/IP sockets when establishing outgoing tunnel connections relying on the OS to pick correct interface and arbitrary port automatically. Usually this doesn't cause connectivity problems because we require that the firewall must allow connections for as long as 1meither source or destination socket end is bound to one of the ports in the open range.

Sometimes, however, on hosts with several NICs it's important to force the OS to bind the local socket end to a specific network interface. There is a Data Protection Suite setting called 1mnBIND_BEFORE_CONNECT_IFACEm, which enables this behavior. If present, Data Protection Suite will bind the local end of tunnel connections to the specified interface.

Would you like to configure nBIND_BEFORE_CONNECT_IFACE? [no]

23. Type a number corresponding to one of the listed network interfaces, to use for outgoing tunnel connections through the firewall.

Press Enter to continue.

Please select network interface that should be used for all outgoing tunnel connections:

1) <ip_address>

Interface number: [1]

24. If desired, modify the Tunnel Initialization interval by typing a number.

Press Enter to continue.

When tunnel to a destination machine cannot be established because the machine is down or is not accepting connections, Data Protection Suite will retry the connection after some time. Tunnels piercing one-way firewalls are 1mPERSISTENTm meaning that Data Protection

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 56 of 199

Page 57: Oraasfsa

Suite will keep on trying to initialize them until success. These attempts can generate a lot of network traffic if a central machine (e.g. CommServe) suddenly goes down.

Here you can adjust the interval (called 1mnTUNNEL_INIT_INTERVALm in registry) between tunnel init attempts.

Tunnel Init Interval, seconds, [5]

Base Software Installation (continued)

25. Type the name of the CommServe computer and press Enter to continue.

NOTES

Ensure that the CommServe is accessible before typing the name; otherwise the installation will fail.

If you enter a short name which resolves to the same IP address as the fully qualified CommServe name, you will be asked if you would prefer to use the fully qualified name.

Please enter the hostname of the Data Protection Suite CommServe. It can be either short or long; the only requirement is that it must be resolvable by the name services configured on this machine.

CommServe Name:

26. Enter the username and password information for an external domain user account or a CommCell user account. This authorizes the installation of an agent on the CommCell.

NOTES

This is only displayed when the Authentication for Agent feature is enabled in the CommCell Properties. Users must belong to a User Group with Agent Management capabilities to enable this feature. For more information, see Authentication for Agent Installs.

Click Enter to continue.

Enter your CommCell user name and password:

User Name :

Password :

Press <ENTER> to continue ...

27. Specify the location of the job results directory.

Please specify the name for the JobResults directory.

It must be a local directory and there should be at least

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 57 of 199

Page 58: Oraasfsa

NOTES

All the agent modules installed on the computer uses the job results directory to store the backup and restore job results.

The amount of free space required depends on the components selected for install, and may look different from the example shown.

Press Enter to accept the default path and continue, or Enter a path and then press Enter to continue.

20MB of free space available. It will be used to store intermediate data that should be passed from one backup phase to another.

JobResults Directory: [/test1]

Kernel Parameters

28. Enter the appropriate number of streams, and then press Enter to continue, or Press Enter to accept the default number of streams and continue.

NOTES

The number of streams specified ensures that concurrent backup/restore streams would have sufficient system resources. For more information on the subject, see Configuring Kernel Parameters (Unix/Macintosh).

This prompt is relevant only when you install/upgrade on a Macintosh or Solaris computer as appropriate.

Please enter the total number of streams that you plan to run at the same time. We need to make sure that you have enough semaphores and shared memory segments configured in /etc/system.

Number of streams: [10]

29. Indicate whether you would like modifications to be made to the /etc/system configuration file.

Type Yes, and then press Enter to automatically update the file and continue, or Press Enter to accept the default No and continue (if you do not want to

We now need to modify the /etc/system configuration file on this computer. It is done to make sure that there will be enough shared memory and semaphores available for Data Protection Suite programs.

Please review the changes below and answer "yes" if you want us to apply them to the /etc/system file. Otherwise, the installation will proceed, the changes will be saved to some other file, and you will have to apply them manually.

set shmsys:shminfo_shmmni=8570 (was 7930)

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 58 of 199

Page 59: Oraasfsa

automatically update the file).

This prompt is displayed only when you install/upgrade on a Solaris or Macintosh computer.

set shmsys:shminfo_shmseg=8420 (was 7780) set semsys:seminfo_semmns=10320 (was 9680) set semsys:seminfo_semmni=8570 (was 7930) set semsys:seminfo_semmsl=8570(was 7930)

Do you want us to apply these changes now? [no]

Changes saved into /etc/system.gal.1744

Press <ENTER> to continue.

30. If you indicated No in the previous step, the file to which the changes have been saved is displayed. Make sure that these values are established later to ensure that all the requirements for this setup is satisfied.

NOTES

The settings that are displayed are the maximum or minimum required settings. Value ’640’, which is provided for various shared memory segment or semaphore requirements, is a maximum value based on 10 streams.

Press Enter to continue.

This prompt is displayed only when you install/upgrade on a Solaris computer, in cases where the install detects that the computer does not have the maximum or minimum required shared memory settings.

Although a ’no’ answer can be selected to this question during install, the user should make sure the min requirements (below) for shared memory are met, otherwise the backups may fail (the message in logs is ’could not start the pipeline’).

set shmsys:shminfo_shmmax=4199304 set shmsys:shminfo_shmmin=1 set semsys:shminfo_shmmni=640 set semsys:shminfo_shmseg=640 set semsys:seminfo_semmns=640 set semsys:seminfo_semmni=640 set semsys:seminfo_semmsl=640 set maxusers=256

Storage Policy Selection

31. Enter the number corresponding to the storage policy through which you want to back up the File System iDataAgent and then press Enter to continue.

NOTES

A storage policy directs backup data to a media library. Each library has a default storage policy.

When you install an Agent, the install

Please select one storage policy for this IDA from the list below:

1) SP_StandAloneLibrary2_2 2) SP_Library3_3 3) SP_MagLibrary4_4 4) fornax_fornax_HWCmp 5) ranger_ranger_HWCmp 6) fornax_fornax_ClntCmp 7) fornax_fornax_MACmp 8) fornax_fornax_NoCmp

Storage Policy: [3]

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 59 of 199

Page 60: Oraasfsa

program creates a default subclient for most Agents.

If desired, you can change your storage policy selection at any time after you have installed the client software.

If this screen appears more than once, it is because you have selected multiple agents for installation and are configuring storage policy association for each of the installed agents.

Enable Global Filters

32. Type the appropriate number for configuring Global Filters for the default subclient and press Enter to continue.

NOTES

Select Use Cell level Policy to inherit the global filter policy configuration set for the CommCell, i.e., if the Use Global Filters on All Subclients option is selected in the Global Filters dialog box (from the CommCell Console’s Control Panel), then this policy will be applied to the default subclient as well. If is not selected, then the global filters will not be applied to the default subclient.

Select Always use Global filters to always apply the global filters policy to the default subclient regardless of the policy set for the CommCell.

Select Do not use Global filters to disregard applying the global filters to the default subclient regardless of the policy set for the CommCell.

Commcell Level Global Filters are set through Data Protection Suite GUI's Control Panel in order to filter out certain directories or files from backup Commcell-widely. If you turn on the Global filters, they will be effective to the default subclient. There are three options you can choose to set the filters.

1) Use Cell level policy 2) Always use Global filters 3) Do not use Global filters

Please select how to set the Global Filters for the default subclient? [1]

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 60 of 199

Page 61: Oraasfsa

Client Group Selection

33. Type the number of a Client Group and press Enter.

A confirmation screen will mark your choice with an "X". Type the number for Done with the Selection, and press Enter to continue.

NOTES

This screen will be displayed only if Client Groups are configured for the CommCell. For more information, see Client Computer Groups.

Client Group(s) is currently configured on CommServe cs.company.com. Please choose the group(s) that you want to add this client client.company.com to. The selected group(s) will be marked (X) and can be deselected if you enter the same number again. After you are finished with the selection, select "Done with the Selection". 1) Unix 2) DR 3) DKS 4) Done with the selection Please enter a number to select/deselect: [1]

34. If you have multiple instances of the database, ensure that the items listed are satisfied. Press Enter.

IMPORTANT If you are planning to use Data Protection Suite <package> with several instances of the database, each running on behalf of different UNIX users, you must make sure that: 1) All database users have been added to each of the database groups involved. For example, if there is a "db2inst1" user from group "dba1" and "db2inst2" user from group "dba2", then both "db2inst1" and "db2inst2" should be included into "dba1" and "dba2" groups. On most UNIXes this can be accomplished by editing the /etc/group file. 2) The .profile of each database user must contains a "umask 002" command at the end, which will guarantee that all files created by one database user can be open for writing by other database users. 3) All database users should be added to the "dba" group that you have chosen for Data Protection Suite at the time of CVGxBase install. If all of the above requirements are not fulfilled, Data Protection Suite will run into various "Permission denied" errors, and backups will not work. Press <ENTER> to continue ...

Setup Complete

35. Press Enter to continue.

NOTES

Schedules help ensure that the data protection operations for the Agent are automatically performed on a regular

+---------------------+

IMPORTANT:

In addition to installing Data Protection Suite on this computer, you will also need to create a Job Schedule for each iDataAgent that has been installed on this client computer.

Job Schedules are required to allow the Data Protection

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 61 of 199

Page 62: Oraasfsa

basis without user intervention. For more information, see Scheduling.

Suite iDataAgents to perform automated backup and restore operations.

Job Schedule creation can be accomplished through the Data Protection Suite CommCell Console administration interface.

+---------------------+

Successfully installed CVGxIDA. Press ENTER to continue ...

36. If this is the last package that you wish to install/upgrade, enter the number corresponding to the Return option and then press Enter to continue.

NOTES

Only modules that are not installed/upgraded appear in the list.

Your screen may appear different from the example shown.

If you are installing on AIX, FreeBSD, IRIX or Tru64 computers, if this module was the last possible module to install, you are automatically exited from the program. Otherwise, type the number for the Exit option and then press Enter. The installation is completed.

Select the Data Protection Suite module that you would like to install.

1) Proxy FileSystem iDataAgent <= CVGxProxyIDA 2) Oracle iDataAgent <= CVGxOrIDA 3) DB2 iDataAgent <= CVGxDB2 4) Return

Module number: [1]

37. Enter Yes to download and install the latest service packs and post packs from the software provider.

NOTES

Internet connectivity is required to download updates.

This step is applicable for multi instancing.

Press Enter to continue.

Download and Install Latest Service Pack

If you choose to download the latest service pack from the software provider website now, please make sure you have internet connectivity at this time. This process may take some time depending on the internet connectivity.

Do you want to download the latest service pack now ? [no]

Press <ENTER> to continue ...

38. This prompt is displayed only when you are installing on HP-UX, Linux, or Solaris computers. Enter the number corresponding to the Exit option and then press Enter to continue.

Certain Data Protection Suite packages can be associated with a virtual IP, or in other words, installed on a "virtual machine" belonging to some cluster. At any given time the virtual machine's services and IP address are active on only one of the cluster's servers. The virtual machine can "fail-over" from one server to another, which includes stopping services and deactivating IP address on the first server and activating the IP address/services

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 62 of 199

Page 63: Oraasfsa

The installation is now complete.

on the other server.

Currently you have Data Protection Suite installed on physical node stone.company.com.

Now you have a choice of either adding another package to the existing installation or configure Data Protection Suite on a virtual machine for use in a cluster.

1) Add another package to stone.company.com 2) Install Data Protection Suite on a virtual machine 3) Exit

Your choice: [1]

Post-Install Considerations

General Install post-release updates or Service Packs that may have been released after the release of the software. If you are installing a Service Pack, verify and ensure that it is the same version as the one installed in the CommServe Server. Alternatively, you can enable Automatic Updates for quick and easy installation of updates in the CommCell component.

After installing the Agent, you may want to configure the Agent before running a data protection operation. The following list includes some of the most common features that can be configured:

Configure your subclients - see Subclients for more information.

Schedule your data protection operations - see Scheduling for more information.

Configure Alerts - See Alerts and Monitoring for more information.

Schedule Reports - See Reports for more information.

The software provides many more features that you will find useful. See the Index for a complete list of supported features.

Agent Specific Before you can begin using the Oracle iDataAgent for data protection operations, you must Create an Instance.

To plan for a full system restore of the Oracle database in the event of a destroyed or damaged client, we recommend that you configure the client for disaster recovery by including the Oracle database files in your file system backups. Refer to Disaster Recovery Considerations for more information and procedures.

If you installed the Oracle iDataAgent for Oracle 9i on any supported version of Solaris, AND if you have previously set (or are planning to set) SQLNET_EXPIRETIME in sqlnet.ora (which restricts system access through sqlnet), then follow these post-install steps to prevent potential backup failures:

1. Shut down the Oracle database and the listener.

2. Edit the sysliblist file under the $ORACLE_HOME/lib directory.

3. Add -lthread and -lpthread at the beginning of the sysliblist file. An example of what it should look like is as follows:

-lthread -lpthread -lnsl -lsocket -lgen -ldl -lsched

4. After performing the above steps, start up the Oracle database and the listener, then run a backup. If you have not already created/configured an instance and subclient from the CommCell Console, then you need to do that first before running the backup.

For the AIX, FreeBSD, HP-UX, IRIX, Linux, Solaris, and Tru64 File System iDataAgents, a registry key is available to allow you to define where core files will be generated in the unlikely event of an

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 63 of 199

Page 64: Oraasfsa

application process crash. Generating core files in filesystems other than root will help maintain system integrity. Refer to dCOREDIR for information about implementing this registry key.

After installing or upgrading the Oracle 9i or 10g iDataAgent on a Red Hat Linux AS 3.0 32-bit platform, if you want to include the Oracle iDataAgent instance in an Oracle RAC node, follow the procedure to Create a RAC Client.

Disaster Recovery Considerations Before you use your agent, be sure to review and understand the associated full system restore (or disaster recovery) procedure. The procedure for some agents may require that you plan specific actions or consider certain items before an emergency occurs. See Disaster Recovery for more information regarding your agent.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 64 of 199

Page 65: Oraasfsa

Install the Oracle iDataAgent - Unix - Clustered Environment

Click on a link below to go to a specific section of the software installation:

Install Requirements

Install Checklist

Before You Begin

Install Procedure

Getting Started

Cluster Selection

Select Components for Installation

Base Software Installation

Firewall Configuration

Base Software Installation (continued)

Kernel Parameters

Storage Policy Selection

Enable Global Filters

Client Group Selection

Oracle Specific Information

Setup Complete

Post-Install Considerations

Install Requirements

The Oracle iDataAgent in a Unix cluster can be installed from the active node to the virtual server using the following procedure. The software can also be automatically installed on all available passive nodes when the software is installed onto the virtual server, or you can choose to install any passive node(s) separately.

For an overview of deploying the software components in a clustered environment, see Clustering Support.

The following procedure provides step-by-step instructions for installing the Oracle iDataAgent on a Unix cluster. If you choose to install multiple components simultaneously, the sequence of the install steps may vary.

Review the following Install Requirements before installing software on a Unix cluster:

General Agents should be installed only after the CommServe and at least one MediaAgent have been installed in the CommCell. Also, keep in mind that the CommServe and MediaAgent must be installed and running (but not necessarily on the same computer), before you can install the Agent.

This software should be installed in a CommCell with current versions of the CommServe and MediaAgent software.

Ensure there is an available license on the CommServe for the Agent.

Verify that you have the software installation disc that is appropriate to the destination computer’s operating system.

Make sure that you have the latest software installation disc before you start to install the software. If you are not sure, contact your software provider.

Firewall

If the CommServe® Server, MediaAgent and/or Clients communicate across two-way firewall(s):

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 65 of 199

Page 66: Oraasfsa

Ensure port 8400 is allowed connections through the firewall.

In addition a range of bi-directional ports (consecutive or discrete) must also be allowed connections through the firewall.

For information on configuring the range of ports, see Port Requirements for Two-way Firewall.

If the CommServe Server, MediaAgent and/or Clients communicate across one-way firewall(s):

Identify a range of outbound ports (consecutive or discrete) for use by the software.

For information on configuring the range of ports, see Port Requirements for One-way Firewall.

If the MediaAgent/Client communicates with the CommServe Server across a one-way firewall, you must add the MediaAgent/Client host name (or the IP address) in the CommServe computer before installing the necessary software on the MediaAgent/Client computer.

Package Management Systems You can use the Red Hat Package Manager (RPM) package management system to install all Linux versions of the agent. Also, you can use the Advanced Packaging Tool (APT) package management system to install all Debian Linux versions of the agent. For step-by-step instructions, see Use the Package Management System for Installs.

Cluster Refer to Supported UNIX Cluster Installations for important overview information about installing MediaAgent or Agent software in a Unix clustered environment.

Check the following on the cluster computer in which you wish to install the software:

Cluster software is installed and running.

Active and passive nodes are available.

Agent Specific

Complete the following steps:

1. Ensure that the affected database is installed only on the virtual machine.

2. If both the database and its application files are installed on the virtual machine, install the Base software and the required agents only on the virtual machine.

3. If the database application files are installed on the physical machine, install the Base software and the required agents only on all the affected physical nodes; you do not need to install these items on the virtual machine in this case. See Installation for more information.

4. Be sure to install your software to the appropriate directories per the directives in UNIX Clusters.

5. Verify that all of the computers to which software will be installed satisfy the minimum requirements specified in the appropriate System Requirements.

6. Ensure that services are up and running on the remote hosts.

For a database Agent, you may be required or be given the option to shut down the instances/databases for the agent before or during the following procedure. See Shut Down Instances for more information.

Ensure that the Base software is installed in the same base directory on all physical nodes in the cluster. Otherwise, the Oracle configuration for the passive nodes will be corrupted and will need to be relinked.

HP-UX If you are installing on a HP-UX computer, you must manually mount the installation disc as described in Mount the Software Installation Disc.

Install Checklist

Collect the following information before installing the software. Use the space provided to record the

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 66 of 199

Page 67: Oraasfsa

information, and retain this information in your Disaster Recovery binder.

The spaces for the client name and the various directories are intended to contain information regarding the virtual machine. Note that you may want to include multiple entries in these spaces if you are installing more than one virtual machine on the current host machine.

General Information

1. Virtual client name:_____________________________

See Cluster Selection for more information.

2. Network interface name associated with the physical machine:_____________________________

See Cluster Selection for more information.

3. Node name for the physical machine:_____________________________

See Cluster Selection for more information.

4. Install directory location:________________________________________________________________

The default is /opt, but you may designate any location you want.

See Base Software Installation for more information.

5. Log files directory location:________________________________________________________________

The default is /var/log, but you may designate any location you want.

See Base Software Installation for more information.

6. Network TCP port number for the Communications Service (CVD):_____________________________

Network TCP port number for the Client Event Manager Service (EvMgrC):___________________________

See Base Software Installation for more information.

7. If the CommServe Server and the client computer communicate across a firewall:

Firewall ports: ______________________________________________________________________

Hostnames and/or IP Addresses and corresponding GxCVD port numbers of computers on the other side of the firewall:______________

Keep Alive Interval minutes:____________________________________________________________

Hostname for outgoing tunnel connections:_________________________________________________

Tunnel Initialization Interval seconds:_____________________________________________________

See Firewall Configuration for more information.

8. CommServe Name and the CommServe Host Name:______________________________________

For example, orange and orange.domainname.com.

See Base Software Installation (continued) for more information.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 67 of 199

Page 68: Oraasfsa

9. Job result directory location:________________________________________________________________

The default is /opt, but you may designate any location you want.

See Base Software Installation (continued) for more information.

10. Storage Policy used by the default subclient:________________________________________________

See Storage Policy Selection for more information.

11. Client Group to which this Client will be associated:_____________________________________________

See Client Group Selection for more information.

Before You Begin

Log on to the client as root.

The install package requires super-user permissions to execute.

Install Procedure

Getting Started

1. Place the software installation disc for the Unix platform into the disc drive.

You can also install the product using a disc drive mounted on another computer on the network.

On Solaris, double-click the cvpkgadd program from the File Manager window.

On other Unix platforms, open the Terminal window, navigate to the software installation disc and then enter cvpkgadd.

2. The product banner and other information is displayed.

Press Enter to continue.

3. Read the license agreement. Type y and press Enter to continue.

Cluster Selection

4. Type 2 and press Enter to install on a virtual machine.

Certain Data Protection Suite packages can be associated with a virtual IP, or in other words, installed on a

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 68 of 199

Page 69: Oraasfsa

"virtual machine" belonging to some cluster. At any given time the virtual machine's services and IP address are active on only one of the cluster's servers. The virtual machine can "fail-over" from one server to another, which includes stopping services and deactivating IP address on the first server and activating the IP address/services on the other server.

You now have a choice of performing a regular Data Protection Suite install on the physical host or installing Data Protection Suite on a virtual machine for operation within a cluster.

Most users should select "Install on a physical machine" here.

1) Install on a physical machine

2) Install on a virtual machine

3) Exit

Your choice: [1]

5. Type the name of the virtual machine that you want to configure or its corresponding IP address and press Enter.

Please enter the hostname or IP address of the virtual machine being installed. It can be either short or long; the only requirement is that it must be resolvable by the name services configured on this machine

WARNING: You should follow this path ONLY if this host participates in a cluster and you really want to install Data Protection Suite on the virtual machine. This is NOT how most people will use Data Protection Suite.

If you got into this screen by mistake, hit ^C and restart cvpkgadd.

Virtual Machine Host Name:

6. This prompt appears if you entered the short form of the virtual machine host name in the previous step. If you want to use the long form of the host name, accept the yes default; if not, type no. Then press Enter.

It looks like name "example.company.com" resolves to the same IP as "example". Generally, it's better to use longer name to address a host: less chances for name-to-IP resolution problems on CommServe or other IDA/MA.

Would you like to use fully qualified "example.company.com" instead of "example"?

Use longer "example.company.com" name? [yes]

7. If you have already installed the software on the virtual machine for the active node, accept the yes default to install for the passive node, press Enter, and go to the next step.

If you still must install for the active node, type no, press Enter, and perform the install for the virtual machine for the active node.

NOTES

This prompt appears only

When installing new Data Protection Suite packages on a virtual machine, you should start with the active node, that is the host where the virtual machine is currently running. This node appears to be passive, so we will assume that you have already installed Data Protection Suite for example.company.com on the active node. Is this correct? [yes]

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 69 of 199

Page 70: Oraasfsa

when installing on a passive node.

8. Type the name of the virtual client and press Enter.

Please specify the client name for this machine.

It does not have to be the network host name: you can enter any word here without spaces. The only requirement is that it must be unique on the CommServe.

Virtual Machine Client Name: [hpuxmc1]

9. Specify the network interface that you want to associate with the physical machine and press Enter.

NOTES

This prompt appears only when the UNIX File System iDataAgent is not installed on the physical node.

Even though it is a virtual machine that you are installing now, we still have to ask you to provide hostname and client name for the physical node.

Network interfaces with the following IPs are available on your system. Please select the one that you want to be associated with Data Protection Suite physical machine. The interface should be static, and should not get disabled in case of cluster failover.

1) mackrel71 2) mackrel 3) mackrel1

Interface number: [1] 2

10. Verify the name of the physical interface and make any required changes. Then press Enter.

Please verify the physical interface name below. Make it as complete (with fully qualified domain name) as possible.

Physical Hostname: [mackrel]

11. Enter a node name for the physical machine and press Enter.

Even though you are installing Data Protection Suite on a machine, we still need to ask you to provide a node name for the physical machine.

It does not have to be the network host name: you can enter any word here without spaces. The only requirement is that it must be unique on the CommServe.

Physical Machine Node Name: [mackrel]

Select Components for Installation

12. Enter the number corresponding to the CVGxOrIDA module.

NOTES

Your screen may look different from the example shown.

Components that either have already been installed, or which cannot be installed, will not be shown.

In addition, the list of modules that appear depends on the specific Unix File System in which the package is installed. (e.g., CVGxWA will

Install Data Protection Suite on physical machine client.company.com

Select the Data Protection Suite module that you would like to install

1) Media Agent <= CVGxMA 2) FileSystem iDataAgent <= CVGxIDA 3) Exit this menu

Module number: [1]

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 70 of 199

Page 71: Oraasfsa

appear only when the installation package is run on a Solaris computer.)

Press Enter to continue.

Base Software Installation

13. Select from the following:

If this is the first package to be installed on the computer, press Enter to continue.

If this is NOT the first package to be installed on the computer, this screen will not be displayed. Skip to Storage Policy Selection.

Here is a list and status of the dependent modules:

1) Data Protection Suite Base0 Module NOT installed

2) Data Protection Suite Base Module NOT installed

If there are any modules listed as NOT installed/upgraded, they will be installed/upgraded first.

Press <ENTER> to proceed ...

14. Specify the location where you want to install the software.

NOTES

The amount of free space required depends on the components selected for install, and may look different from the example shown.

Press Enter to accept the default path and continue, or Enter a path and then press Enter to continue.

Press Enter again to confirm the path.

Please specify where you want us to install Data Protection Suite binaries.

It must be a local directory and there should be at least 170MB of free space available. All files will be installed in a "hds" subdirectory, so if you enter "/opt", the files will actually be placed into "/opt/hds".

Installation Directory: [/opt]

..

Data Protection Suite will be installed in /opt/hds. Press ENTER to continue ...

15. Specify the location for the log files.

NOTES

All the modules installed on the computer will store the log files in this directory.

The amount of free space required depends on the components selected for install, and may look different from the example shown.

Press Enter to accept the default path and continue, or

Please specify where you want to keep Data Protection Suite log files.

It must be a local directory and there should be at least 100MB of free space available. All log files will be created in a "hds/Log_Files" subdirectory, so if you enter "/var/log", the logs will actually be placed into "/var/log/hds/Log_Files".

Log Directory: [/var/log]

..

Data Protection Suite log files will be created in /var/log/hds/Log_Files. Press ENTER to continue ...

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 71 of 199

Page 72: Oraasfsa

Enter a path and then press Enter to continue.

Press Enter again to confirm the path.

16. Indicate whether you would like to launch processes with inherent database access rights.

Press Enter to assign a new group, or Type No and then press Enter to continue.

Most of Data Protection Suite processes run with root privileges, but some are launched by databases and inherit database access rights. To make sure that registry and log files can be written to by both kinds of processes we can either make such files world-writeable or we can grant write access only to processes belonging to a particular group, e.g. a "hds" or a "dba" group.

We highly recommend now that you create a new user group and enter its name in the next setup screen. If you choose not to assign a dedicated group to Data Protection Suite processes, all temporary and configuration files will be created with -rw-rw-rw permissions.

If you're planning to backup Oracle DB you should use "dba" group.

Would you like to assign a specific group to Data Protection Suite? [yes]

17. If you indicated Yes in the previous step, you will be prompted for the group name that must be used to launch processes.

Enter the group name and then press Enter to continue.

Press Enter again to continue.

For installs on a Solaris computer, proceed to the next step. Otherwise, skip to Storage Policy Selection.

Please enter the name of the group which will be assigned to all Data Protection Suite files and on behalf of which all Data Protection Suite processes will run.

In most of the cases it's a good idea to create a dedicated "hds" group. However, if you're planning to use Oracle iDataAgent or SAP Agent, you should enter Oracle's "dba" group here.

Group name: dba

REMINDER

If you are planning to install Data Protection Suite Informix, DB2, Sybase or Lotus Notes iDataAgent, please make sure to include Informix, DB2, etc. users into group "dba". Press <ENTER> to continue ...

18. Type a network TCP port number for the Communications Service (CVD) and press Enter.

Type a network TCP port number for the Client Event Manager Service (EvMgrC) and press Enter.

NOTES

For more information about Network TCP Ports, see Network TCP Port Requirements.

For more information about these services, see Services.

Every instance of Data Protection Suite should use a unique set of network ports to avoid interfering with other instances running on the same machine. The port numbers selected must be from the reserved port number range and have not been registered by another application on this machine. Please enter the port numbers. Port Number for CVD : [8400] Port Number for EvMgrC: [8402]

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 72 of 199

Page 73: Oraasfsa

Firewall Configuration

19. If this computer communicates with the CommServe, MediaAgent and/or other clients across a firewall, type Yes, and then press Enter to continue. Proceed to the next Step.

Press Enter, if you do not wish to configure the firewall services. Proceed to the next section.

Various Data Protection Suite components need to communicate with each other: iDataAgents and MediaAgents establish connections to CommServe and talk to each other as well. If any of the involved parties are situated on the opposite sides of a firewall, Data Protection Suite should be made aware of it so that it could bind its pipeline sockets to open ports and could establish tunnels for control traffic. You must configure Data Protection Suite firewall services if there are other Data Protection Suite machines, which are expected to communicate with this one. Do you want to configure Data Protection Suite firewall services? [no]

20. Enter the port range(s), and then press Enter to continue.

NOTES

Specify the range of ports that must be used for communication between the Client and CommServe and/or MediaAgent computers. For more information on the port requirements, see Port Requirements for Two-way Firewall or Port Requirements for One-way Firewall, as applicable.

Data Protection Suite needs to know which TCP ports of this machine are available for connections initiated by machines on the other side of the firewall.

If this machine is not reachable from the other side of the firewall at all (because the FW is one-way and allows only outgoing connections), enter any unused port number here (e.g. 8600). Otherwise please consult your FW configuration for the list of open incoming ports and enter all of them here (with the exception of port 8400).

Currently there are no ports configured. Please enter a single port number or a port range (like 8600-8620) to be added to the FW configuration:

Port range: [8600-8620]

21. Enter the number corresponding to the option you wish to perform.

NOTES

If you choose option 1, refer the previous step.

If you choose option 3, proceed to the next step.

What would you like to do:

1) Add another open port or a range of ports

2) Delete an existing port or a range of ports

3) Continue with the firewalled host setup

Your choice: [3]

22. Enter the host name(s) of the computers that will need to be contacted through a firewall, and then press Enter to continue.

We need to know which Data Protection Suite hosts are located on the other side of the firewall, and whether the firewall will allow direct or reverse connections to/from those hosts.

You can specify hosts by either entering their names, IP addresses or name/IP wildcards. The wildcards are available only if the firewall is symmetrical, i.e. allows to open connections to certain ports both ways.

Currently there are no firewall hosts configured.

Please enter the name or IP address of a host on the

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 73 of 199

Page 74: Oraasfsa

other side of the firewall. If the firewall is symmetrical, you are allowed to use wildcards, i.e. things like 192.168.* or *.firewall.company.com:

Firewalled Host: lavender.company.com

23. Choose the option associated with type of firewall configuration based on the firewall setup in your environment.

NOTES

Choose Two-way (symmetrical) firewall if you can open certain ports as bi-directional ports.

Choose One-way firewall; <port> is reachable from here if this computer communicates with MediaAgent/Client on the other side of the firewall.

Choose One-way firewall; this machine is reachable from <port> when the CommServe and any Clients/MediaAgents) communicates with this computer.

Please specify the type of the firewall separating this machine from 172.19.61.89.

1) Two-way (symmetrical) firewall

2) One-way firewall, 172.19.61.89 is reachable from here

3) One-way firewall, this machine is reachable from 172.19.61.89

Your choice: [1]

24. Enter the number corresponding to the option you wish to perform.

NOTES

If you choose option 1, refer the previous two steps.

If you choose option 3, proceed to the next step.

What would you like to do:

1) Configure another host

2) Delete an existing host

3) Continue with the firewall keep-alive setup

Your choice: [3] 1

25. If desired, modify the Keep Alive interval, and then press Enter to continue, or Press Enter to accept the default.

Please specify Keep Alive interval for Data Protection Suite firewall services.

Many firewalls disconnect idle Network connections after some period of time. Some of the Data Protection Suite Services need continuous connections. Data Protection Suite keeps such connections active by sending periodic "keep-alive" packets. Consult your firewall documentation, or contact your Network Administrator, for the exact value after which idle connections will be closed (snip time). Then enter a value, which is at least one minute less than the snip time.

Keep-alive interval, minutes [5]

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 74 of 199

Page 75: Oraasfsa

26. To configure advanced firewall settings, type Yes, and then press Enter. Proceed to the next Step.

If you do not want to configure advanced firewall settings, type No, and then press Enter. Proceed to the next section.

The Generic part of the Data Protection Suite Firewall Config has been completed successfully. There are some additional advanced settings that you may want to review now. All of them can be customized later by editing the .properties file under /etc/CommVaultRegistry/Galaxy/Instance003/Firewall.

Would you like to review the advanced settings now? [no]

27. To bind the local end of tunnel connections to a specified interface, type Yes, and then press Enter. Proceed to the next Step.

If you do not want to bind the local end of tunnel connections to a specified interface, type No, and then press Enter. Skip the next Step.

Normally Data Protection Suite Firewall code doesn't bind local end of TCP/IP sockets when establishing outgoing tunnel connections relying on the OS to pick correct interface and arbitrary port automatically. Usually this doesn't cause connectivity problems because we require that the firewall must allow connections for as long as 1meither source or destination socket end is bound to one of the ports in the open range.

Sometimes, however, on hosts with several NICs it's important to force the OS to bind the local socket end to a specific network interface. There is a Data Protection Suite setting called 1mnBIND_BEFORE_CONNECT_IFACEm, which enables this behavior. If present, Data Protection Suite will bind the local end of tunnel connections to the specified interface.

Would you like to configure nBIND_BEFORE_CONNECT_IFACE? [no]

28. Type a number corresponding to one of the listed network interfaces, to use for outgoing tunnel connections through the firewall.

Press Enter to continue.

Please select network interface that should be used for all outgoing tunnel connections:

1) <ip_address>

Interface number: [1]

29. If desired, modify the Tunnel Initialization interval by typing a number.

Press Enter to continue.

When tunnel to a destination machine cannot be established because the machine is down or is not accepting connections, Data Protection Suite will retry the connection after some time. Tunnels piercing one-way firewalls are 1mPERSISTENTm meaning that Data Protection Suite will keep on trying to initialize them until success. These attempts can generate a lot of network traffic if a central machine (e.g. CommServe) suddenly goes down.

Here you can adjust the interval (called 1mnTUNNEL_INIT_INTERVALm in registry) between tunnel init attempts.

Tunnel Init Interval, seconds, [5]

Base Software Installation (continued)

30. Type the name of the CommServe computer and press Enter to continue.

NOTES

Please enter the hostname of the Data Protection Suite CommServe. It can be either short or long; the only requirement is that it must be resolvable by the name services configured on this machine.

CommServe Name:

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 75 of 199

Page 76: Oraasfsa

Ensure that the CommServe is accessible before typing the name; otherwise the installation will fail.

If you enter a short name which resolves to the same IP address as the fully qualified CommServe name, you will be asked if you would prefer to use the fully qualified name.

31. Enter the username and password information for an external domain user account or a CommCell user account. This authorizes the installation of an agent on the CommCell.

NOTES

This is only displayed when the Authentication for Agent feature is enabled in the CommCell Properties. Users must belong to a User Group with Agent Management capabilities to enable this feature. For more information, see Authentication for Agent Installs.

Click Enter to continue.

Enter your CommCell user name and password:

User Name :

Password :

Press <ENTER> to continue ...

32. Specify the location of the job results directory.

NOTES

All the agent modules installed on the computer uses the job results directory to store the backup and restore job results.

The amount of free space required depends on the components selected for install, and may look different from the example shown.

Press Enter to accept the default path and continue, or

Please specify the name for the JobResults directory.

Since you are installing Data Protection Suite on a virtual machine, the JobResults directory must reside on a shared disk and should have at least 20MB of free space available. The directory will be used to store intermediate data that should be passed from one backup phase to another.

JobResults Directory: [/swtitchover/]

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 76 of 199

Page 77: Oraasfsa

Enter a path and then press Enter to continue.

Kernel Parameters

33. Enter the appropriate number of streams, and then press Enter to continue, or Press Enter to accept the default number of streams and continue.

NOTES

The number of streams specified ensures that concurrent backup/restore streams would have sufficient system resources. For more information on the subject, see Configuring Kernel Parameters (Unix/Macintosh).

This prompt is relevant only when you install/upgrade on a Macintosh or Solaris computer as appropriate.

Please enter the total number of streams that you plan to run at the same time. We need to make sure that you have enough semaphores and shared memory segments configured in /etc/system.

Number of streams: [10]

34. Indicate whether you would like modifications to be made to the /etc/system configuration file.

Type Yes, and then press Enter to automatically update the file and continue, or Press Enter to accept the default No and continue (if you do not want to automatically update the file).

This prompt is displayed only when you install/upgrade on a Solaris or Macintosh computer.

We now need to modify the /etc/system configuration file on this computer. It is done to make sure that there will be enough shared memory and semaphores available for Data Protection Suite programs.

Please review the changes below and answer "yes" if you want us to apply them to the /etc/system file. Otherwise, the installation will proceed, the changes will be saved to some other file, and you will have to apply them manually.

set shmsys:shminfo_shmmni=8570 (was 7930) set shmsys:shminfo_shmseg=8420 (was 7780) set semsys:seminfo_semmns=10320 (was 9680) set semsys:seminfo_semmni=8570 (was 7930) set semsys:seminfo_semmsl=8570(was 7930)

Do you want us to apply these changes now? [no]

Changes saved into /etc/system.gal.1744

Press <ENTER> to continue.

35. If you indicated No in the previous step, the file to which the changes have been saved is displayed. Make sure that these values are established later to ensure that all the requirements for this setup is satisfied.

Although a ’no’ answer can be selected to this question during install, the user should make sure the min requirements (below) for shared memory are met, otherwise the backups may fail (the message in logs is ’could not start the pipeline’).

set shmsys:shminfo_shmmax=4199304 set shmsys:shminfo_shmmin=1 set semsys:shminfo_shmmni=640 set semsys:shminfo_shmseg=640

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 77 of 199

Page 78: Oraasfsa

NOTES

The settings that are displayed are the maximum or minimum required settings. Value ’640’, which is provided for various shared memory segment or semaphore requirements, is a maximum value based on 10 streams.

Press Enter to continue.

This prompt is displayed only when you install/upgrade on a Solaris computer, in cases where the install detects that the computer does not have the maximum or minimum required shared memory settings.

set semsys:seminfo_semmns=640 set semsys:seminfo_semmni=640 set semsys:seminfo_semmsl=640 set maxusers=256

Storage Policy Selection

36. Enter the number corresponding to the storage policy through which you want to back up the File System iDataAgent and then press Enter to continue.

NOTES

A storage policy directs backup data to a media library. Each library has a default storage policy.

When you install an Agent, the install program creates a default subclient for most Agents.

If desired, you can change your storage policy selection at any time after you have installed the client software.

If this screen appears more than once, it is because you have selected multiple agents for installation and are configuring storage policy association for each of the installed agents.

Please select one storage policy for this IDA from the list below:

1) SP_StandAloneLibrary2_2 2) SP_Library3_3 3) SP_MagLibrary4_4 4) fornax_fornax_HWCmp 5) ranger_ranger_HWCmp 6) fornax_fornax_ClntCmp 7) fornax_fornax_MACmp 8) fornax_fornax_NoCmp

Storage Policy: [3]

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 78 of 199

Page 79: Oraasfsa

Enable Global Filters

37. Type the appropriate number for configuring Global Filters for the default subclient and press Enter to continue.

NOTES

Select Use Cell level Policy to inherit the global filter policy configuration set for the CommCell, i.e., if the Use Global Filters on All Subclients option is selected in the Global Filters dialog box (from the CommCell Console’s Control Panel), then this policy will be applied to the default subclient as well. If is not selected, then the global filters will not be applied to the default subclient.

Select Always use Global filters to always apply the global filters policy to the default subclient regardless of the policy set for the CommCell.

Select Do not use Global filters to disregard applying the global filters to the default subclient regardless of the policy set for the CommCell.

Commcell Level Global Filters are set through Data Protection Suite GUI's Control Panel in order to filter out certain directories or files from backup Commcell-widely. If you turn on the Global filters, they will be effective to the default subclient. There are three options you can choose to set the filters.

1) Use Cell level policy 2) Always use Global filters 3) Do not use Global filters

Please select how to set the Global Filters for the default subclient? [1]

Client Group Selection

38. Type the number of a Client Group and press Enter.

A confirmation screen will mark your choice with an "X". Type the number for Done with the Selection, and press Enter to continue.

NOTES

This screen will be displayed only if Client Groups are configured for the CommCell. For more

Client Group(s) is currently configured on CommServe cs.company.com. Please choose the group(s) that you want to add this client client.company.com to. The selected group(s) will be marked (X) and can be deselected if you enter the same number again. After you are finished with the selection, select "Done with the Selection". 1) Unix 2) DR 3) DKS 4) Done with the selection Please enter a number to select/deselect: [1]

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 79 of 199

Page 80: Oraasfsa

information, see Client Computer Groups.

Oracle Specific Information

39. The install program now starts copying the software to the computer. The progress of the operation is displayed.

.....

.....

.....

.....

Successfully copied xx files

40. If you have multiple instances of the database, ensure that the items listed are satisfied. Press Enter.

IMPORTANT If you are planning to use Data Protection Suite <package> with several instances of the database, each running on behalf of different UNIX users, you must make sure that: 1) All database users have been added to each of the database groups involved. For example, if there is a "db2inst1" user from group "dba1" and "db2inst2" user from group "dba2", then both "db2inst1" and "db2inst2" should be included into "dba1" and "dba2" groups. On most UNIXes this can be accomplished by editing the /etc/group file. 2) The .profile of each database user must contains a "umask 002" command at the end, which will guarantee that all files created by one database user can be open for writing by other database users. 3) All database users should be added to the "dba" group that you have chosen for Data Protection Suite at the time of CVGxBase install. If all of the above requirements are not fulfilled, Data Protection Suite will run into various "Permission denied" errors, and backups will not work. Press <ENTER> to continue ...

41. Press Enter to continue. ..... ..... .....

Successfully installed CVGxOrIDA.

Press ENTER to continue ...

42. Enter Yes to download and install the latest service packs and post packs from the software provider.

NOTES

Internet connectivity is required to download updates.

This step is applicable for multi instancing.

Press Enter to continue.

Download and Install Latest Service Pack

If you choose to download the latest service pack from the software provider website now, please make sure you have internet connectivity at this time. This process may take some time depending on the internet connectivity.

Do you want to download the latest service pack now ? [no]

Press <ENTER> to continue ...

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 80 of 199

Page 81: Oraasfsa

Setup Complete

43. Press Enter to continue.

NOTES

Schedules help ensure that the data protection operations for the Agent are automatically performed on a regular basis without user intervention. For more information, see Scheduling.

+---------------------+

IMPORTANT:

In addition to installing Data Protection Suite on this computer, you will also need to create a Job Schedule for each iDataAgent that has been installed on this client computer.

Job Schedules are required to allow the Data Protection Suite iDataAgents to perform automated backup and restore operations.

Job Schedule creation can be accomplished through the Data Protection Suite CommCell Console administration interface.

+---------------------+

Successfully installed CVGxIDA. Press ENTER to continue ...

44. If this is the last package that you wish to install/upgrade, enter the number corresponding to the Return option and then press Enter to continue.

NOTES

Only modules that are not installed/upgraded appear in the list.

Your screen may appear different from the example shown.

If you are installing on AIX, FreeBSD, IRIX or Tru64 computers, if this module was the last possible module to install, you are automatically exited from the program. Otherwise, type the number for the Exit option and then press Enter. The installation is completed.

Select the Data Protection Suite module that you would like to install.

1) Proxy FileSystem iDataAgent <= CVGxProxyIDA 2) Oracle iDataAgent <= CVGxOrIDA 3) DB2 iDataAgent <= CVGxDB2 4) Return

Module number: [1]

45. This prompt is displayed only when you are installing on HP-UX, Linux, or Solaris computers. Enter the number corresponding to the Exit option and then press Enter to continue.

The installation is now complete.

Data Protection Suite is currently configured on virtual machine hpuxmc1.company.com.

Now you have an option of installing Data Protection Suite on physical machine, another virtual machine or you can add a new package to hpuxmc1.company.com.

1) Add a new package to hpuxmc1.company.com 2) Install Data Protection Suite on the physical machine 3) Install Data Protection Suite on another virtual machine

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 81 of 199

Page 82: Oraasfsa

4) Exit

Your choice: [1]

Post-Install Considerations

General Install post-release updates or Service Packs that may have been released after the release of the software. If you are installing a Service Pack, verify and ensure that it is the same version as the one installed in the CommServe Server. Alternatively, you can enable Automatic Updates for quick and easy installation of updates in the CommCell component.

After installing the Agent, you may want to configure the Agent before running a data protection operation. The following list includes some of the most common features that can be configured:

Configure your subclients - see Subclients for more information.

Schedule your data protection operations - see Scheduling for more information.

Configure Alerts - See Alerts and Monitoring for more information.

Schedule Reports - See Reports for more information.

The software provides many more features that you will find useful. See the Index for a complete list of supported features.

Cluster

The cvclusternotify.sh script should be added as part of the normal cluster startup/shutdown procedure. The script is provided as a generic template, and it must be run whenever the current node shuts down during failover and as the new active node comes online. In both cases, data protection services must be up and running. The script works as follows:

During node shutdown, the script notifies File Archiver for Unix and the CommServe that the listed file systems will no longer be monitored on this node.

During node startup, the script notifies File Archiver for Unix and the CommServe that the listed file systems will now be monitored on this node.

Usage:

cvclusternotify - Program to notify Data Protection Suite of cluster failovers

cvclusternotify -inst <Instance> -cn <Client Name> -start|-shutdown \[-fs <dir1>] [-fs <dir2>] ...

This command notifies Data Protection Suite that the specified client from the specified instance is going up or down because of a cluster failover. The optional "-fs <dir>" parameters can be provided to notify File Archiver for Unix that certain file systems are disappearing or becoming available during the failover. For each of these file systems, the CDR/File Archiver for UNIX driver will be instructed to stop or begin file system monitoring.

Example:

Suppose you have a two-node cluster where the virtual machine client name is "virtual". (Physical node names are not needed.) Suppose that the application instance in this case is "Instance001" and that the archived data currently exists on two shared file system directories as follows:

/share1/filesystem1 /share2/filesystem2

For the node shutdown, the following command is issued:

cvclusternotify -inst Instance001 -cn "virtual" -shutdown -fs /share1/filesystem1 -fs /share2/filesystem2

This will stop File Archiver for Unix from monitoring the indicated file systems on the node that is

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 82 of 199

Page 83: Oraasfsa

shutting down.

For the node (active) startup, the following command is issued:

cvclusternotify -inst Instance001 -cn "virtual" -start -fs /share1/filesystem1 -fs /share2/filesystem2

This will enable File Archiver for Unix to start monitoring the indicated file systems on the node that is starting up.

On failover of a Linux cluster, Services may be killed by cluster services during a virtual machine failover. To insure that the Services are re-started on the passive node, add commands in failover scripts to start Services.

Disaster Recovery Considerations Before you use your agent, be sure to review and understand the associated full system restore (or disaster recovery) procedure. The procedure for some agents may require that you plan specific actions or consider certain items before an emergency occurs. See Disaster Recovery for more information regarding your agent.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 83 of 199

Page 84: Oraasfsa

Backup - Oracle Topics | How To | Troubleshoot | Related Topics

Overview

Supported Backup Types

Oracle Backup Jobs

Oracle Selective Online Full Backups

Optional Configuration for Oracle Backups

Backup Arguments

Table Backup

Backup Considerations

Advanced Backup Options

Overview

Plan your backup jobs for this agent by reviewing the following information:

For an overview of backup jobs, see Backup Data.

For a list of supported data types for this agent, see Supported Data Types.

For information on subclients, see Subclients

For information on configuring subclients for this agent, see Subclients - Oracle.

For information on running backups from the RMAN command line, see Third-Party Command Line Operations.

Supported Backup Types

This agent supports the following backup types:

Full Backups

Oracle Selective Online Full Backups

Incremental Backups - The Oracle iDataAgent supports Levels 1 to 4 backups. For more information on incremental backups, refer to incremental backups in the Oracle Backup and Recovery Guide from Oracle Corporation. (The Oracle Incremental backups work as described in Differential backups. See Differential Backups for information on Oracle Incremental Backup.)

Archive Log Backups

SnapProtect

For Oracle On Demand backup jobs, in cases where multiple instances are backed up that are not all in the same mode, Job Manager will report the backup type as either Full (when the first instance in the backup script is in OPEN mode) or as Offline Full (when the first instance in the backup script is in MOUNTED mode).

Oracle Table Browse and Table Restore are not supported for data backed up using Oracle SnapProtect.

Always ensure that the archive logs are backed up prior to deleting them.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 84 of 199

Page 85: Oraasfsa

Oracle Backup Jobs

This agent has the following unique functionality.

Oracle Selective Online Full Backups

Optional Configuration for Oracle Backups

Backup Arguments

Table Backup

Oracle Selective Online Full Backups

This is a special type of backup where a full backup is taken of the Oracle database while it is online, and the backup data can be copied to a selective copy (during an auxiliary copy operation) from which it can be restored.

The advantage of this type of backup is that both data and logs use the same storage policy, which means that they reside together on the same media, and are completely self-contained for restore and long term archiving purposes. This is especially useful in disaster recovery situations by alleviating the need to locate different offsite media from various jobs to gather the necessary data and logs to recover the database. Also, the data aging rules for selective online full backups are different from regular full backups, as both data and logs are aged together under the same storage policy.

There are certain rules that pertain to this type of backup that you should keep in mind:

A selective online full backup job will wait for other Oracle backup jobs currently running on the same instance to complete, before it begins.

For this type of backup, both data and archive logs will use the same storage policy as defined for data in the subclient, and will ignore the storage policy setting for archive logs (which is defined at the instance level).

During selective online full backups, if the data streams (defined at the subclient level) is less than the archive log streams (defined at the instance level), then both the data phase and the archive log phase will use the same number of streams defined for the data in the subclient, and will ignore the number of streams set for the archive logs.

While the data backup phase of a selective online full backup is running, the only other Oracle backup jobs that are allowed to run on the same instance are archive log backups. During the log backup phase of a selective online full backup, no other Oracle backups are allowed to run (neither logs nor data) on the same instance.

If other Oracle archive log backup jobs are run at the same time as the selective online full backup, they will be forced to use the same storage policy used by the selective online full backup during the time-frame in which the selective online full backup job is running, and will be included in the same auxiliary copy operation. Refer to Oracle and Oracle RAC for more information on special data aging rules for selective online full backups.

Optional Configuration for Oracle Backups

Depending upon how your Oracle server and databases are set up, you may need to perform the following addition configuration.

Allocate Command Syntax for Oracle Command Line Backups on a Unix Cluster

In order to perform Oracle Command Line backups on a Unix cluster, you need to use the following syntax for the allocate command within the RMAN script:

allocate channel ChannelName type 'sbt_tape' PARMS="ENV=(CVOraVMName=VirtualMachineName)";

where ChannelName can be chN (N is a stream number: 1, 2, ...) and VirtualMachineName should be the name of the virtual machine.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 85 of 199

Page 86: Oraasfsa

Configuring Autobackup of Control Files

The control file contains metadata about the physical structure of the database including the location of all files, the current database state and system change number (SCN), as well as information about backups performed in RMAN. Oracle 9.2 and 10g provide the capability to configure autobackup of control files in RMAN so that they are automatically backed up along with the server parameter file during backup operations. The purpose of the control file autobackup is to provide a way to restore the backup repository contained in the control file when the control file is lost and the recovery catalog is either lost or was never used. You do not need a recovery catalog or target control file to restore the control file from autobackup. If you don’t use the catalog database for Oracle backups, and the entire database and control file are lost, then a restore of the entire database with control files will fail unless you have enabled autobackup of control files in RMAN.

See Configure Autobackup of Control Files for step-by-step instructions.

Configuring the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups

In order to perform offline backups of the Oracle database, all users must be logged out of the database and it must be completely shut down. Certain options are available in the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) tab that allow you to automate the graceful shutdown of the Oracle database to perform offline backups. A brief description of these options, and their role in the shutdown sequence are provided below.

1. For Oracle on Unix, a warning message is issued to the physical node to notify users that the database will be shut down in a specified number of minutes and request that they log out of the database. This message is issued when the Warning option is enabled. Note that the Warning option is not supported for Oracle on Windows platforms.

2. For Oracle on Unix, after the warning message has been issued to the physical node, the lights out process will wait for the period of time specified in the Delay Time (min) option while users log out, before an attempt is made to shut down the database. After waiting the specified Delay Time, the SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATE statement is issued to the server.

3. The status of the database will be then checked to determine whether it is shutdown. If it is not shutdown, the system will retry issuing the SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATE statement, based on the following sequence of settings:

a. Sleep Time (sec) - The lights out process will wait (i.e., sleep) for the specified number of seconds before retrying the SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATE statement and checking the status again. Because the goal is to shut down the database as quickly as possible, the Sleep Time in seconds is tried first, and must exhaust all the number of tries in the Tries Number setting located below the Sleep Time (sec) option, before switching over to the Sleep Time (min) option.

b. Sleep Time (min) - If the number of tries limit has been reached for the Sleep Time (sec) option and the database has not been shut down yet, the lights out process will then begin waiting for the number of minutes specified in the Sleep Time (min) option before retrying the SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATE statement and rechecking the status again. The reasoning behind this approach is that once it becomes apparent to the system that it can't shut down the database quickly, it probably means that someone must be still logged in to the database in order to complete their work, and the system will retry at less frequent intervals, in this case minutes not seconds, in order to give the user time to complete and save the work. The system will keep retrying to shut down the database until it exhausts the number of tries in the Tries Number setting located below the Sleep Time (min) option. If the database is successfully shutdown, the backup will begin, otherwise the sequence continues to the next step.

4. Once the Tries Number limit is reached for the Sleep Time (min) option, then a SHUTDOWN ABORT statement will be issued to the server. If the SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATE statement has already completed within the specified time, this has no effect. Otherwise the SHUTDOWN ABORT overrides the SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATE statement and shuts down the database.

See Configure the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups for step-by-step instructions.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 86 of 199

Page 87: Oraasfsa

Configuring the Oracle Tag for Backups

You can configure the Oracle Tag for backups on a subclient to uniquely identify a particular backup copy. The Oracle Tag specified for a backup can be used during a restore operation to tell the system which particular backup to restore the data from. Use of the Oracle Tag backup argument provides an alternative to point-in-time restores.

See Configure Backup Arguments for step-by-step instructions.

Backup Arguments

Some database iDataAgents run backups using a system-generated script that is run behind the scenes from a command line. The CommCell Console serves as a front-end user interface for specifying various backup arguments and parameters that are passed to the backup script that is run. Depending on your agent, you can specify, for example, the application-specific Backup Level, whether the backups will be online or offline, as well as buffer and bundle sizes, among other settings. Although the backup arguments/parameters vary among iDataAgents, they all function in a similar manner. These arguments are set at the subclient level from the respective iDataAgent's Subclient Properties dialog box tab.

For step-by-step instructions, see Configure Backup Arguments.

Table Backup

You can restore and recover individual database tables from non-system tablespaces to the same database or to another database. In order to restore individual Oracle or Oracle RAC database tables, you need to select the Enable Table Browse option in the Subclient Properties dialog box for the subclient prior to a backup. Note that this option can be enabled on only one subclient. Also, ensure that this option is not enabled on the LOGS-only subclient. When this option is enabled, information such as Oracle tablespace, user ID and table name mappings are stored in the CommServe during the backup operation.

For step-by-step instructions on running a table restore, see Restore and Recover One or More Database Table(s).

Backup Considerations

Before performing any backup procedures for this agent, review the following information:

For online database backups the database must be in ARCHIVELOG mode.

Oracle selective online full backup jobs will immediately fail if there are any job-related failures.

It is recommended that users do not kill Oracle backup jobs, since it may cause RMAN and/or Cloragent exception errors.

Users should not run several console-initiated RMAN jobs for the same instance at the same time for Oracle clients running on Windows platforms. Limit RMAN jobs to run one at a time in the CommCell Console and scheduler.

Different SID and database names for Oracle instances are supported for Oracle command line backups.

When the Data Files per BFS parameter is set to a value greater than 32 on the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) dialog, in order to back up more than 32 files per bundle at a time, the following parameter line is added inside the RMAN script: set limit channel ch1 maxopenfiles = nn Increasing the bundle size may improve the backup performance on large enterprise servers, but may hinder performance on smaller systems with limited resources.

The incremental backup type is not supported by the Oracle Database application for Oracle 9.2 Standard Edition, and therefore is not supported by the Oracle iDataAgent. If you are using the Standard Edition of Oracle, you will need to run full backups.

Oracle recommends that it is mandatory to do a Incremental Level 0 backup (which equates to a Full backup) after adding new tablespaces and datafiles to the database. If this is not done, the next Incremental backup would fail, because the Oracle Recovery Manager will not be able to find the parent files for the new tablespaces and datafiles.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 87 of 199

Page 88: Oraasfsa

If you perform a backup of the default subclient, without changing its default properties, the backup would include all the objects in the database, including any new objects that may have been created.

If you have created subclients for either online or offline databases, and have included the archived log files and control files in these subclients, you can create a complete backup of the database by backing up these subclients. If you have created a group of online subset subclients for the database, you must backup all of these subclients to create a complete backup. If you have created separate subclients for archive logs and control files, and if they are not included with the subclients defined for online databases, offline databases or subsets, then the subclients for archive logs and control files must also be backed up to create a complete backup.

You can preview the backup and restore scripts that will be submitted to RMAN to back up or restore data on a client. Previewing the script before running a backup or restore is useful for identifying whether the selected backup or restore options will yield the desired result in the script. The script text can be previewed from the Backup Options and Restore Options dialogs, and provides the capability for you to copy the text from the display window for manual submission in RMAN, if desired.

See Preview a Script for step-by-step instructions.

You can run a validate job to ensure the integrity of the data and availability of the media before actually running a backup or restore job. When the validate option is selected on the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) tab or Advanced Restore Options (Options) tab, this will cause the system to simulate either a backup or restore job without using any media or over-writing the Oracle database. After the validate job completes, you can view the log file for the job to identify and correct any validation issues prior to running the backup or restore.

For step-by-step instructions, see Validate a Backup or Restore.

Review Performance Tuning - Oracle or Performance Tuning - Oracle RAC for details on setting configuration parameters to optimize backup and restore operations for your site.

For Oracle on Linux platforms, review Avoiding Intermittent Backup Failures for Oracle on Linux Platforms for additional configuration steps that may be needed for your site.

Multiple streams are supported for data protection and recovery operations with this agent; however, before utilizing multiple streams, you should understand how their use affects operations. For more information, see Streams.

When creating/modifying an instance for Oracle or Oracle RAC iDataAgent, make sure that you do not enter a “/” at the end of the string for Oracle Home path. Due to limitations in the Oracle application, having a “/” at the end of the string for Oracle Home path can cause backups to fail occasionally.

For Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgent, when you resume a backup job, if the subclient content includes the SP file, the backup job gets restarted from the beginning and all the data that was backed up previously gets backed up again. This causes an incorrect display of data transferred count in job details.

If the Oracle offline backup with lights out option fails when you use the default value for Tries Number in the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) window, then increase the value to a number greater than or equal to 5.

An Oracle offline backup will start up from the beginning (and not from the point of failure) if the backup fails and is then resumed.

When you configure the Oracle database using RMAN, determine how long you need to retain the backup and recovery records in the control file and set the retention value using the database parameter CONTROL_FILE_RECORD_KEEP_TIME. By default, the value for this parameter is set to 7. This means that Oracle will maintain the backup and recovery information in the control file for a period of 7 days. Now, if you perform a point in time recovery to a period greater than 7 days, the restore operation fails. You can view the current setting of the CONTROL_FILE_RECORD_KEEP_TIME parameter as follows:

SQL> show parameter CONTROL_FILE_RECORD_KEEP_TIME;

It is always recommended that you set the CONTROL_FILE_RECORD_KEEP_TIME parameter to a value

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 88 of 199

Page 89: Oraasfsa

greater than the RMAN retention period. Otherwise, you will have backups available in the backup media without any related backup information in the control file. For more information, refer Oracle documentation.

For Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgents, if the Oracle Instance (SID) name is different from the database name or if the Oracle Instance (SID) name configured in the CommCell is different from the actual instance name (case sensitive), then Oracle offline backups with lights out script may fail. In such cases, you need to select the Use SQL Connect option in the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) tab in order to connect to the database using the Connect String value configured for the instance in the Instance Properties (Details) tab. Also, make sure that the Connect String value does not include "/" when used with the Use SQL Connect option.

When Oracle and DB2 iDataAgents are installed on the same client, make sure that both Oracle and DB2 users are part of the primary user groups.

For Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgents, selective online full backup jobs are not preemptable nor restartable. Similarly, oracle log backup jobs that are submitted during selective online full backups (data phase) also cannot be preempted nor restarted.

When restarting Oracle offline backup jobs, note that the job is restarted from the beginning rather than from the point of failure.

Back to Top

Backup - Oracle - How To Topics | How To | Troubleshoot | Related Topics

Start a Backup

Schedule Backups

Start a Backup in the Suspended State

Start a Backup on New Media

Start a Backup that Marks Media Full on Completion

Start a Backup with a Set Job Priority

Start a Backup with Vault Tracking enabled

Start an Archive Log Backup

Enable (Disable) SnapProtect for a Subclient

Delete Archive Logs

Configure Autobackup of Control Files

Configure the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups

Preview a Script

Validate a Backup or Restore

Start a Backup

Before You Begin

You can perform the following types of backup operations: Full, Incremental, Differential or Synthetic Full.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 89 of 199

Page 90: Oraasfsa

Read Full Backups before performing a Full Backup.

Read Incremental Backups before performing a Incremental Backup.

Read Differential Backups before performing a Differential Backup.

Read Synthetic Full Backups before performing a Synthetic Full Backup.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To start an immediate backup job:

1. From the CommCell Browser, expand Client Computers by double-clicking Client Computers | iDA File System | defaultBackupSet. The default and other subclients (if available) are displayed on the right-hand windowpane.

2. To back up the default subclient, right-click the subclient, and click Backup.

3. From the Backup Options dialog box, select Run Immediately.

4. Select Full, Incremental, Differential or Synthetic Full backup.

In certain circumstances a non-full backup may automatically be converted to a full backup. For a listing of these circumstances, see When a Non-Full Backup is Automatically Converted to a Full Backup.

5. Click OK. You can track the progress of the backup job from the Job Controller window. If you are using a stand-alone drive, you are prompted to load a specific cartridge into the drive. If you are using a library, you will not receive this prompt. The system loads the tapes automatically. Your cartridges should be appropriately labeled. This will enable you to locate the correct cartridge for a restore job, if necessary.

6. When the backup has completed, the Job Controller displays Completed.

After running a backup, you may want to verify the backup data. You can do this by viewing the Backup History. For more information, see Backup Job History.

Schedule Backups

You can also run backups of the following:

For a user-defined backup set or instance, right-click the backup set you want to back up, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

For the Lotus Notes Document iDataAgent, to back up a partition, right-click the partition you want to back up, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set. For the Lotus Notes Database iDataAgent, to back up a partition, right-click the partition you want to back up, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

For Agents that do not have backup set or instance levels, to back up all subclients, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

If you chose a level higher than subclient (i.e., backup set, etc.), you are prompted to confirm that you want to back up all the subclients below that level/node. Click Yes.

Starting a data protection operation on a backup set, instance or agent level causes the system to start individual data protection operations for each subclient contained therein. If the subclients are associated with the same storage policy, then their operations will run sequentially unless that storage policy is configured to accommodate multiple data streams.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 90 of 199

Page 91: Oraasfsa

You can schedule backups to occur with the following procedure. You will be prompted to create a schedule for the data protection operation after selecting your data protection options.

Before You Begin

All Agents

Be sure all of the subclients are backed up, or scheduled to be backed up as needed, in order to secure all of the data for the agent. Note this does not apply to archive operations.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To schedule a backup operation:

1. From the CommCell Browser, select one of the following:

To back up a subclient, right-click the subclient and click Backup.

To back up a backup set or instance, right-click the backup set or instance, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

To back up the default backup set, right-click the agent or instance node, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For the Lotus Notes Document iDataAgent, to back up a partition, right-click the partition you want to back up, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set. For the Lotus Notes Database iDataAgent, to back up a partition, right-click the partition you want to back up, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

For Agents that do not have backup set or instance levels, to back up all subclients, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

2. If you chose a level higher than subclient (i.e., backup set, etc.), you are prompted to confirm that you want to back up all the subclients below that level/node. Click Yes.

3. From the Backup Options dialog box, select the type of backup that you want to initiate. In certain circumstances a non-full backup may automatically be converted to a full backup. For a listing of these circumstances, see When a Non-Full Backup is Automatically Converted to a Full Backup.

4. Click Schedule. Click OK to continue.

5. From the Schedule Details (Schedule Details) dialog box, create a schedule for this operation. For step-by-step instructions, see Create a Job Schedule. Click OK to continue.

6. Your backup operation will execute according to the specified schedule.

Start a Backup in the Suspended State

Use the following procedure to start a backup in the suspended state.

Before You Begin

Be sure all of the subclients are backed up, or scheduled to be backed up as needed, in order to secure all of the data for the agent. Note this does not apply to archive operations.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To start an immediate backup job with advanced backup options:

1. From the CommCell Browser, select one of the following:

To backup a subclient, right-click the subclient to want to backup and click Backup.

Starting a data protection operation on a backup set, instance or agent level causes the system to start individual data protection operations for each subclient contained therein. If the subclients are associated with the same storage policy, then their operations will run sequentially unless that storage policy is configured to accommodate multiple data streams.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 91 of 199

Page 92: Oraasfsa

To backup a user-defined backup set or instance, right-click the backup set you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

To backup the default backup set, right-click the agent or instance node, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Lotus Notes iDataAgent, to backup a partition, right-click the partition you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Agents that do not have backup set or instance levels, to backup all subclients, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

2. If you chose a level higher than subclient (i.e., backup set, etc.), you are prompted to confirm that you want to back up all the subclients below that level/node. Click Yes.

3. From the Backup Options dialog box, select Run Immediately.

4. Select the type of backup that you want to initiate. In certain circumstances a non-full backup may automatically be converted to a full backup. For a listing of these circumstances, see When a Non-Full Backup is Automatically Converted to a Full Backup.

5. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Backup Options dialog box.

6. Click on the Advanced Backup Options (Startup) tab, and select Startup in suspended state and click OK.

7. From the Backup Options dialog box, click OK. You can track the progress of the backup job from the Job Controller window.

8. If you are using a stand-alone drive, you are prompted to load a specific cartridge into the drive. If you are using a library, you will not receive this prompt. The system loads the tapes automatically.

9. When the backup has completed, Job Controller displays Completed.

Start a Backup on New Media

Use the following procedure to start a backup on new media.

Before You Begin

Be sure all of the subclients are backed up, or scheduled to be backed up as needed, in order to secure all of the data for the agent. Note this does not apply to archive operations.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To start an immediate backup job with advanced backup options:

1. From the CommCell Browser, select one of the following:

To backup a subclient, right-click the subclient to want to backup and click Backup.

To backup a user-defined backup set or instance, right-click the backup set you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

To backup the default backup set, right-click the agent or instance node, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

Your cartridges should be appropriately labeled. This will enable you to locate the correct cartridge for a restore job, if necessary.

Starting a data protection operation on a backup set, instance or agent level causes the system to start individual data protection operations for each subclient contained therein. If the subclients are associated with the same storage policy, then their operations will run sequentially unless that storage policy is configured to accommodate multiple data streams.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 92 of 199

Page 93: Oraasfsa

For Lotus Notes iDataAgent, to backup a partition, right-click the partition you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Agents that do not have backup set or instance levels, to backup all subclients, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

2. If you chose a level higher than subclient (i.e., backup set, etc.), you are prompted to confirm that you want to back up all the subclients below that level/node. Click Yes.

3. From the Backup Options dialog box, select Run Immediately.

4. Select the type of backup that you want to initiate. In certain circumstances a non-full backup may automatically be converted to a full backup. For a listing of these circumstances, see When a Non-Full Backup is Automatically Converted to a Full Backup.

5. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Backup Options dialog box.

6. Click on the Advanced Backup Options (Media) tab, and select Start new media and click OK. If you would like jobs with other Job IDs to use this new media, also select the Allow other schedule to use media set option.

7. From the Backup Options dialog box, click OK. You can track the progress of the backup job from the Job Controller window.

8. If you are using a stand-alone drive, you are prompted to load a specific cartridge into the drive. If you are using a library, you will not receive this prompt. The system loads the tapes automatically.

9. When the backup has completed, Job Controller displays Completed.

Start a Backup that Marks Media Full on Completion

Use the following procedure to start a backup that marks media full on completion.

Before You Begin

Be sure all of the subclients are backed up, or scheduled to be backed up as needed, in order to secure all of the data for the agent. Note this does not apply to archive operations.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To start an immediate backup job with advanced backup options:

1. From the CommCell Browser, select one of the following:

To backup a subclient, right-click the subclient to want to backup and click Backup.

To backup a user-defined backup set or instance, right-click the backup set you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

To backup the default backup set, right-click the agent or instance node, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Lotus Notes iDataAgent, to backup a partition, right-click the partition you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Agents that do not have backup set or instance levels, to backup all subclients, right-click the

Your cartridges should be appropriately labeled. This will enable you to locate the correct cartridge for a restore job, if necessary.

Starting a data protection operation on a backup set, instance or agent level causes the system to start individual data protection operations for each subclient contained therein. If the subclients are associated with the same storage policy, then their operations will run sequentially unless that storage policy is configured to accommodate multiple data streams.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 93 of 199

Page 94: Oraasfsa

agent icon, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

2. If you chose a level higher than subclient (i.e., backup set, etc.), you are prompted to confirm that you want to back up all the subclients below that level/node. Click Yes.

3. From the Backup Options dialog box, select Run Immediately.

4. Select the type of backup that you want to initiate. In certain circumstances a non-full backup may automatically be converted to a full backup. For a listing of these circumstances, see When a Non-Full Backup is Automatically Converted to a Full Backup.

5. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Backup Options dialog box.

6. Click on the Advanced Backup Options (Media) tab, and select Mark media full after successful operation and click OK.

7. From the Backup Options dialog box, click OK. You can track the progress of the backup job from the Job Controller window.

8. If you are using a stand-alone drive, you are prompted to load a specific cartridge into the drive. If you are using a library, you will not receive this prompt. The system loads the tapes automatically.

9. When the backup has completed, Job Controller displays Completed.

Start a Backup with a Set Job Priority

This option allows you to manually set a job priority. This is useful if you have jobs that are very important and must complete, and/or jobs that can be moved to a lower priority. For more information, see Job Priorities and Priority Precedence.

Before You Begin

Be sure all of the subclients are backed up, or scheduled to be backed up as needed, in order to secure all of the data for the agent. Note this does not apply to archive operations.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To start an immediate backup job with advanced backup options:

1. From the CommCell Browser, select one of the following:

To backup a subclient, right-click the subclient to want to backup and click Backup.

To backup a user-defined backup set or instance, right-click the backup set you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

To backup the default backup set, right-click the agent or instance node, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Lotus Notes iDataAgent, to backup a partition, right-click the partition you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Agents that do not have backup set or instance levels, to backup all subclients, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

2. If you chose a level higher than subclient (i.e., backup set, etc.), you are prompted to confirm that you want to back up all the subclients below that level/node. Click Yes.

Your cartridges should be appropriately labeled. This will enable you to locate the correct cartridge for a restore job, if necessary.

Starting a data protection operation on a backup set, instance or agent level causes the system to start individual data protection operations for each subclient contained therein. If the subclients are associated with the same storage policy, then their operations will run sequentially unless that storage policy is configured to accommodate multiple data streams.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 94 of 199

Page 95: Oraasfsa

3. From the Backup Options dialog box, select Run Immediately.

4. Select the type of backup that you want to initiate. In certain circumstances a non-full backup may automatically be converted to a full backup. For a listing of these circumstances, see When a Non-Full Backup is Automatically Converted to a Full Backup.

5. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Backup Options dialog box.

6. Click on the Advanced Backup Options (Startup) tab, and select Change Priority and then enter a value. Click OK to continue.

7. From the Backup Options dialog box, click OK. You can track the progress of the backup job from the Job Controller window.

8. If you are using a stand-alone drive, you are prompted to load a specific cartridge into the drive. If you are using a library, you will not receive this prompt. The system loads the tapes automatically.

9. When the backup has completed, Job Controller displays Completed.

Start a Backup with Vault Tracking enabled

Use the following procedure to start a backup with Vault Tracking enabled.

For additional information, see the following:

VaultTracker

VaultTracker Enterprise

Before You Begin

Be sure all of the subclients are backed up, or scheduled to be backed up as needed, in order to secure all of the data for the agent.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To start an immediate backup job with advanced backup options:

1. select one of the following:

To backup a subclient, right-click the subclient to want to backup and click Backup.

To backup a user-defined backup set or instance, right-click the backup set you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

To backup the default backup set, right-click the agent or instance node, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Lotus Notes iDataAgent, to backup a partition, right-click the partition you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Agents that do not have backup set or instance levels, to backup all subclients, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

2. If you chose a level higher than subclient (i.e., backup set, etc.), you are prompted to confirm that you want to back up all the subclients below that level/node. Click Yes.

Your cartridges should be appropriately labeled. This will enable you to locate the correct cartridge for a restore job, if necessary.

Starting a data protection operation on a backup set, instance or agent level causes the system to start individual data protection operations for each subclient contained therein. If the subclients are associated with the same storage policy, then their operations will run sequentially unless that storage policy is configured to accommodate multiple data streams.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 95 of 199

Page 96: Oraasfsa

3. From the Backup Options dialog box, select Run Immediately.

4. Select the type of backup that you want to initiate. In certain circumstances a non-full backup may automatically be converted to a full backup. For a listing of these circumstances, see When a Non-Full Backup is Automatically Converted to a Full Backup.

5. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Backup Options dialog box.

6. Click on the Vault Tracking tab, and select the vault tracking options you want to use and click OK.

7. From the Backup Options dialog box, click OK. You can track the progress of the backup job from the Job Controller window.

8. If you are using a stand-alone drive, you are prompted to load a specific cartridge into the drive. If you are using a library, you will not receive this prompt. The system loads the tapes automatically.

9. When the backup has completed, Job Controller displays Completed.

Start an Archive Log Backup

Use this procedure to backup archive logs.

Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgents provide the facility to backup archive log files based on certain criteria.

Before You Begin

Oracle archives online redo log files once they become full. These logs can be used to recover database transactions that have been lost due to an operating system or disk failure, by applying them to an online backup in order to recover a database. Because of their importance in recovering data, it is recommended that you create separate subclients for backing up archived redo log files.

Archived redo log files are always backed up as a full backup even if incremental is selected.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To start an archive log backup:

1. From the CommCell Browser, select one of the following:

To backup a subclient, right-click the subclient to want to backup and click Backup.

To backup a user-defined backup set or instance, right-click the backup set you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

To backup the default backup set, right-click the agent or instance node, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Lotus Notes iDataAgent, to backup a partition, right-click the partition you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Agents that do not have backup set or instance levels, to backup all subclients, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

2. If you chose a level higher than subclient (i.e., backup set, etc.), you are prompted to confirm that you want to back up all the subclients below that level/node. Click Yes.

3. From the Backup Options dialog box, select the type of backup that you want to schedule.

4. Click Advanced.

5. From the Advanced Backup Options dialog box, click Backup Archive Logs tab, and select the

Your cartridges should be appropriately labeled. This will enable you to locate the correct cartridge for a restore job, if necessary.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 96 of 199

Page 97: Oraasfsa

criteria based on which the archive logs will be backed up.

6. Click OK. You can track the progress of the backup job from the Job Controller window.

7. If you are using a stand-alone drive, you are prompted to load a specific cartridge into the drive. If you are using a library, you will not receive this prompt. The system loads the tapes automatically.

8. When the backup has completed, Job Controller displays Completed.

Enable (or Disable) SnapProtect for a Subclient

Before you Begin

When you enable SnapProtect for a subclient, all the backups performed for the selected subclient will be using the SnapProtect feature. Review SnapProtect, for more information.

To switch from SnapProtect to a traditional backup for this subclient, you must disable SnapProtect for the subclient.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To enable (or disable) SnapProtect for a subclient:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient for which you wish to perform a SnapProtect operation and click Properties.

2. From the Snap Backups tab, select (or clear) the Snap backup option to enable (or disable) SnapProtect for the selected subclient.

3. Select the relevant snap engine from the Available Snap Engines.

4. Click OK.

Delete Archive Logs

Use this procedure to delete archive logs.

Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgents provide the facility to delete archive log files based on certain criterion.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To delete archive logs:

1. From the CommCell Browser, select one of the following:

To backup a subclient, right-click the subclient to want to backup and click Backup.

To backup a user-defined backup set or instance, right-click the backup set you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

To backup the default backup set, right-click the agent or instance node, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Lotus Notes iDataAgent, to backup a partition, right-click the partition you want to backup, click All Tasks, and click Backup Default Backup Set.

For Agents that do not have backup set or instance levels, to backup all subclients, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks, and click Backup All Subclients.

Your cartridges should be appropriately labeled. This will enable you to locate the correct cartridge for a restore job, if necessary.

You should select the snapshot engine applicable to your environment.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 97 of 199

Page 98: Oraasfsa

2. If you chose a level higher than subclient (i.e., backup set, etc.), you are prompted to confirm that you want to back up all the subclients below that level/node. Click Yes.

3. From the Backup Options dialog box, select the type of backup that you want to schedule.

4. Click Advanced.

5. From the Advanced Backup Options dialog box, click Delete Archive Logs tab, and select the criteria based on which the archive logs will be deleted.

6. Click OK.

Configure Autobackup of Control Files

Related Topics

Oracle iDataAgent: Configuring Autobackup of Control Files

Oracle RAC iDataAgent: Configuring Autobackup of Control Files

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To configure autobackup of the control file from the CommCell Console:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the Oracle instance then click Properties.

2. From the Details tab of the Instance Properties dialog box, select one of the following options from the selection list for the Ctl File Autobackup field:

Not Configure - Disables autobackup of the control file.

Configure On - If the backup includes a datafile, then RMAN will not automatically include the current control file in the datafile backupset, but will write the control file and server parameter file to a separate autobackup piece. If the backup does not include a datafile, the control file and server parameter file will be written to their own autobackup piece.

Configure Off - If the backup includes a datafile, then RMAN automatically includes the current control file and server parameter file in the datafile backupset. RMAN will not create a separate autobackup piece containing the control file and server parameter file.

3. Click OK to save your settings.

4. After autobackup has been enabled in the CommCell Console, the control file will be automatically backed up every time you perform a backup from either the CommCell Console or command line.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To configure autobackup of the control file from RMAN:

1. Enter the following commands/parameters at the RMAN prompt (the catalog connect string is optional):

$rman target <connect string for target> catalog <connect string for catalog> RMAN>configure controlfile autobackup on;

For Example:

$rman target systemuser/systempass@rman92 RMAN>configure controlfile autobackup on;

2. After autobackup has been enabled in RMAN, the control file will be automatically backed up every time you perform a backup from either the CommCell Console or command line.

Configure the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups

Related Topics

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 98 of 199

Page 99: Oraasfsa

Backup - Oracle iDataAgent

Backup - Oracle RAC

Subclients - Oracle iDataAgent

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Before You Begin

Do not change the backup arguments of a subclient that is being backed up.

Oracle iDataAgent: Review Configuring the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups for an overview of this feature.

Oracle RAC: Review Configuring the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups for an overview of this feature.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To configure the lights out script to shut down the database for offline backups on a subclient:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient whose lights out script you want to configure, then click Properties from the shortcut menu.

2. Click the Subclient Properties Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) tab, then configure the following options as appropriate:

Select the Lights Out Script option to enable automatic execution of this script before backing up the database.

For Oracle on Unix, select the Warning option to enable a warning message that will be displayed on the physical node for users logged into the database, that the database will be shut down.

For Oracle on Unix, in the Delay Time (min) field, enter the number of minutes that you want the script to wait after sending out the warning message to the physical node before the system attempts to shut down the database.

If you are configuring Oracle RAC, then skip to step 3, as the remaining options in this step apply only to the Oracle iDataAgent.

In the Sleep Time (sec) field, enter the number of seconds that you want the script to wait between retry attempts to shut down the database and check the status. This field is used by the lights out script in the event that the first attempt to shut down the database was unsuccessful after the Delay Time has expired.

In the Tries Number field below the Sleep Time (sec) field, enter the number of times that you want the script to retry attempts to shut down the database when the Sleep Time (sec) field is activated.

In the Sleep Time (min) field, enter the number of minutes that you want the script to wait between retry attempts to shut down the database and check the status. This field is used by the lights out script in the event that the Tries Number limit has been reached for the Sleep Time (sec) field.

In the Tries Number field below the Sleep Time (min) field, enter the number of times that you want the script to retry attempts to shut down the database when the Sleep Time (min) field is activated.

Select the Use SQL Connect option to connect to the database using the SQL command “connect <connect string> as sysdba”. The “Connect String” entry is configured in the Instance Properties (Details) tab. Note that if this option is not selected, the CommServer sets the service name using “set oracle_sid=<Instance name>” and connects to the database using the “connect /as sysdba” command. The Instance name is displayed in the Instance Properties (General) tab.

On AIX 64 bit platform, you should always use the SQL_CONNECT option to shutdown and start the database in mount mode. This is required because of the limitation in SQL Plus to connect using / when the EXTSHM variable is set.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 99 of 199

Page 100: Oraasfsa

3. Select any other options as appropriate, then click OK to save the changes.

Preview a Script

Related Topics

Ensuring Successful Oracle Data Protection and Recovery Operations

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To preview a backup script:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient containing the data whose backup script you want to preview, then click Backup.

2. From the Backup Options dialog, click Script Preview.

3. To change the script, click OK to close the preview window, then enter the desired changes on the Backup Options and Advanced Backup Options dialogs, and click Script Preview again to see if the script now reflects the configuration you want. Repeat this if necessary to achieve the desired result.

4. Once you are satisfied with the script, perform one of the following actions:

To have the system run the script in RMAN, click OK to close the preview windows, then click OK on the Backup Options dialog to save the current settings. This script will be executed the next time that a backup is run for this subclient.

To run the script yourself in RMAN, you can copy and paste the script from the preview window into a text file for that purpose (or select the Save as Script option on the Backup Options dialog). Click OK to close the preview window. Click OK to save the subclient configuration changes.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To preview a restore script:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance containing the data whose restore script you want to preview, select All Tasks, then click Restore (or click Browse Backup Data).

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog, click Script Preview.

3. To change the script, click OK to close the preview window, then enter the desired changes on the Restore Options and Advanced Restore Options dialogs, and click Script Preview again to see if the script now reflects the restore settings you want. Repeat this if necessary to achieve the desired result.

4. Once you are satisfied with the script, perform one of the following actions:

To have the system run the script in RMAN, click OK to close the preview window, then click OK on the Restore Options dialog to save the current settings. This script will be executed the next time that a restore is run for this instance.

To run the script yourself in RMAN, you can copy and paste the script from the preview window into a text file for that purpose (or select the Save as Script option on the Restore Options (Job Initiation) tab). Click OK to close the preview window. Click OK to save the restore settings.

NOTES:

Copying the script from the preview window can be accomplished by pressing <CTRL><C> from the CommCell Console.

Validate a Backup or Restore

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 100 of 199

Page 101: Oraasfsa

Related Topics

Oracle iDataAgent: Ensuring Successful Oracle Data Protection and Recovery Operations

Oracle RAC iDataAgent: Ensuring Successful Oracle Data Protection and Recovery Operations

See Also:

Backup - Oracle or Oracle RAC - Troubleshoot

Restore Data - Oracle or Oracle RAC - Troubleshoot

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To validate a backup:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient containing the backup data you want to validate, then click Properties.

2. Click the Backup Arguments tab, then select Validate and click OK.

3. Start a Backup for the subclient. A Validate job will run, which will cause RMAN to examine the database and scan all of the backup pieces to verify that the backup can be successfully restored.

4. Once the Validate job completes you can view the log file for the job to determine whether there were any errors in the validation. To view the log file:

From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient, click View and then click Backup History.

Click OK on the History Filter dialog.

On the Job History window, right-click the Validate job, then select View Log File. The RMAN Output Log will display for the job.

If you determine that there are any errors in the validation, take the appropriate corrective action before running the actual backup.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To validate a restore:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance whose restore you want to validate, select All Tasks, then click Restore.

2. From the Restore Options dialog, click Advanced.

3. Click the Options tab, then select Validate and click OK.

NOTE: For the Oracle iDataAgent, keep in mind that the Options tab is unavailable when the Duplicate DB option is selected on the Restore Options (General) tab.

4. Start a Basic Restore for the Instance. A Validate job will run, which will cause RMAN to decide which database pieces need to be restored and then scans them to verify their contents, but no output will be created and no data will be over-written.

5. Once the Validate job completes you can view the log file for the job to determine whether there were any errors in the validation. To view the log file:

From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance, click View and then click Restore History.

Click OK on the History Filter dialog.

On the Job History window, right-click the Validate job, then select View Log File. The RMAN Output Log will display for the job.

If you determine that there are any errors in the validation, take the appropriate corrective action before running the actual restore.

Back To Top

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 101 of 199

Page 102: Oraasfsa

Restore Data - Oracle Topics | How To | Full System Restore | Troubleshoot | Related Topics

Overview

Duplicate Database

Standby Database

No Re-Do Logs Option

Allocate Command Syntax for Oracle Command Line Restores on a Unix Cluster

Restoring the Recovery Catalog

Automatic Mode Switching

Multiplex Restores

Reset Database Incarnation

Disable Oracle Channel Restore Failover

Table Restores

Restoring Archive Logs

Restore Considerations for this Agent

Restore Destinations

In-Place Restore

Out-of-Place Restore

Cross-Platform Restores

Overview

The following page describes the agent-specific restore options. Additional restore options are accessible from the Related Topics menu.

The Oracle iDataAgent supports the following types of restores:

Restoring and recovering individual datafiles

Restoring and recovering individual tablespaces

Restoring and recovering individual tables

Restoring and recovering whole databases

Restoring and recovering archive log files

Recovery involves two processes: restoring the physical datafiles, and then recovering the database. After the necessary files are restored, the database will be recovered.

Additionally, the Oracle iDataAgent supports:

Restores from the Latest Full Backup

Point in Time Restores - recovers the database to a consistent state at a point-in-time by applying any incremental database backups and Archive logs that have occurred between the time of the full backup used for the restore and the restore itself.

Rename/redirect data during restore (See Redirect/Rename Data During Restore for more information)

Creation of a Duplicate Database or a Standby Database (See Duplicate Database for more information)

Restores from a third-party command line (i.e., RMAN)

Restoring control files from autobackup (see Restore Control Files from Autobackup for step-by-step instructions)

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 102 of 199

Page 103: Oraasfsa

All restores can be performed in-place, out-of-place or cross-platform. (See Restore Destinations below for comprehensive information.)

For the Oracle iDataAgent restore operations can be performed from the client, iDataAgent, and instance levels in the CommCell Browser.

When there is a problem with the Oracle database server or the operating system of the client computer full system restores may be required. See Restore Data - Oracle or Oracle RAC - Full System Restore for more information.

See Also:

Restoring Data from a Secondary Copy using a Third-Party Command Line

Running RMAN Scripts using the Command Line Interface

Duplicate Database

The duplicate database feature allows you use backups of the target database to create either of the following:

Duplicate Database - This is a copy or subset of the target database and has a unique DBID. It is independent of the primary database and can be registered in the same recovery catalog as the primary database. Duplicate databases are typically created for testing or demo purposes.

Prior to creating a duplicate database, you need to perform the Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database.

Standby Database - This is a special copy of the primary database that does not have a unique DBID, and is updated by applying archived redo logs from the primary database. Backups from the standby database are interchangeable with backups of the primary database. For this reason, standby databases can be especially useful when the primary database experiences a disaster such as a hardware related failure or data corruption and it is not configured for a cluster failover. This feature is supported for Oracle 9i and 10g.

The creation of a non-standby duplicate database or standby database can be in-place on the same physical computer, or out-of-place on another computer. Furthermore, you have the choice of whether or not to configure the Oracle SID in the CommCell Console as part of this operation. See the How To page for step-by-step procedures on creating a duplicate database or a standby database.

No Re-Do Logs Option

The No Re-do Logs option, available from the Options tab in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog, allows you to perform a point-in-time restore of a database that was backed up in NOARCHIVELOG mode. When enabled, RMAN suppresses the application of archived re-do logs so that only data from incremental backups are applied. If you do not specify noredo, RMAN will search for archived re-do logs after applying incremental backup data, and will issue an error message when it does not find them.

Allocate Command Syntax for Oracle Command Line Restores on a Unix Cluster

In order to perform Oracle command line restores on a Unix cluster, you need to use the following syntax for the allocate command within the RMAN script:

allocate channel ChannelName type 'sbt_tape' PARMS="ENV=(CVOraVMName=VirtualMachineName)";

where ChannelName can be chN (N is a stream number: 1, 2, ...) and VirtualMachineName should be the name of the virtual machine.

Restoring the Recovery Catalog

The method that you use to restore the Recovery Catalog depends on the method that you have used to back up the Recovery Catalog.

If you have exported the Recovery Catalog using the exp command, you must import the Recovery Catalog into a new database using the imp command.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 103 of 199

Page 104: Oraasfsa

If you have backed up the Recovery Catalog using the Oracle iDataAgent, you must use an appropriate restore procedure provided in the How To page to restore the Recovery Catalog.

Automatic Mode Switching

When an Oracle restore job is submitted from the CommCell Console, the system will automatically check to ensure that the database is in a valid mode for the type of restore you are performing. If the database is not in the correct mode, the system will display a pop-up message informing you of this issue, at which point you can choose to either allow the system to automatically switch the database to the correct mode for the restore, or cancel the restore request and set the mode manually.

Automatic mode switching during Oracle restores is supported under the following conditions:

1. The database is OPEN for the entire database restore, and the system will put the database in MOUNTED mode.

2. The database is OPEN for restoring tablespaces, and the system will put the tablespaces in OFFLINE mode.

Also note that this feature is only supported when the CommServe and Oracle client are both at the current software release version. For mixed mode environments, if a restore is attempted while the database is OPEN, the system will still issue a pop-up message indicating it will automatically switch the database into MOUNTED mode. However, since it is not supported in this scenario, you will need to manually switch the database into MOUNTED mode.

Multiplex Restores

The Oracle iDataAgent on Unix can detect whether multiplexing was used during backups from which data is being restored and then multiplex the data streams during restore. This allows restore jobs to maximize the throughput of available data channels by multiplexing multiple data streams, which speeds up the process of restoring data. In order to fully optimize the multiplex restore capability, we recommend setting the number of restore streams to the same number of streams used by the backup job. By default, multiplexing is disabled if the sEnableMultiplexRestore registry key is not applied. To enable the automatic multiplexing of restores, create the sEnableMultiplexRestore registry key with a value of Y.

For more information, see Data Multiplexing.

Reset Database Incarnation Whenever you perform a point in time recovery of an Oracle or Oracle RAC database (10g or higher) with RESETLOGS, a new incarnation of the database is created. All archive log files generated after the reset logs will be associated to the new incarnation. However, in order to perform a point in time recovery from a backup of a previous incarnation, you need to reset the current incarnation to the previous incarnation value using the Set DB Incarnation option in Advanced Restore Options (Options) dialog box. For step-by-step instructions on restoring a database to a previous point-in-time, see Restore and Recover an Entire Database in ARCHIVELOG Mode to a Previous Point-In-Time.

You can retrieve the database incarnation value using the RMAN command LIST INCARNATION.

Disable Oracle Channel Restore Failover In Oracle 10g or higher version, you can prevent a restore failover operation using the Disable Oracle Channel Restore Failover option in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options (Options) dialog box.

If this option is de-selected (default) for a restore job, and if either a backup piece is inaccessible (because it has been deleted from the database or the MediaAgent is offline) or a block in the backup is

Multiplexed restores for Oracle work best on the Oracle 9i platform.

Multiplexed restores for Oracle are always from the primary copy.

You can recover an Oracle 9i database to a previous incarnation when using the recovery catalog.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 104 of 199

Page 105: Oraasfsa

corrupted within the latest full backup, RMAN automatically searches for another usable copy of this backup piece in the same library or another library. If no usable copies are available, RMAN starts searching all prior backups for the most recent available backup that is usable for the current job until it has exhausted all possibilities.

If this option is selected for a restore job, this will prevent job delays caused by RMAN trying to locate another copy of the backup data to complete the restore operation.

Table Restores

You can restore and recover individual database tables from non-system tablespaces to the same database or to another database. During a table restore, Data Protection Suite identifies the list of tablespaces that contain the actual data, and it restores the data and the system tablespaces to a staging path in an auxiliary Oracle instance, which either you or Data Protection Suite must create. You can use the CommCell Console to export the data from the auxiliary instance and import it to a destination that you choose, or you can leave the data in the staging path and import the data manually by using Oracle import utilities.

In order to restore individual Oracle or Oracle RAC database tables, you need to select the Enable Table Browse option in the Subclient Properties dialog for the subclient prior to a backup. Note that this option can be enabled on only one subclient. Also, ensure that this option is not enabled on the LOGS-only subclient. When this option is enabled, information such as Oracle tablespace, user ID and table name mappings are stored in the CommServe during the backup operation. When you browse for backup data, you can select the Table View option in the Browse Options dialog to view the list of database tables of each user in a tree view and select multiple tables to restore them to a destination location.

If you want to create the auxiliary instance for the restore, you must select the Auxiliary Instance option from the Oracle Restore Options (Table Restore) tab, and you must specify the auxiliary database name and PFile location along with the staging path information by populating the appropriate fields. If you create the auxiliary instance, you can specify the location of the instance either on the same client or on a different client by providing the appropriate information in the Database Client field. The auxiliary instance should be started in the NOMOUNT mode. See Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database for information on creating the auxiliary database on the destination host.

On the other hand, to allow the system to create the auxiliary instance, do not select the Auxiliary Instance option. In such a case, Data Protection Suite will create the auxiliary instance with tsrst<jobid>, where jobid is the ID number for the restore job. If Data Protection Suite creates the auxiliary instance, the instance is by default included on your local computer. Since Data Protection Suite will connect to the auxiliary instance using "/", ensure that the source instance does not include "/".

For step-by-step instructions on running a table restore, see Restore and Recover One or More Database Table(s).

Restoring Archive Logs

Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgents enable you to restore archive logs using the Restore Archive Logs option in the Advanced Restore Options (Restore) tab from the CommCell Console. You can restore all the archive logs or logs based on log time or Log Serial Number (LSN).For step-by-step instruction on restoring archive log files, see Restore Archive Log Files.

Restore Considerations for this Agent

Before performing any restore procedures for this agent, review the following information.

Before recovering the Oracle database to a point-in-time, read Caution on the Use of RESETLOGS.

You can preview the backup and restore scripts that will be submitted to RMAN to back up or restore data on a client. Previewing the script before running a backup or restore is useful for identifying

Oracle Table Browse and Table Restore are not supported for data backed up using Oracle SnapProtect.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 105 of 199

Page 106: Oraasfsa

whether the selected backup or restore options will yield the desired result in the script. The script text can be previewed from the Backup Options and Restore Options dialogs, and provides the capability for you to copy the text from the display window for manual submission in RMAN, if desired.

See Preview a Script for step-by-step instructions.

You can run a validate job to ensure the integrity of the data and availability of the media before actually running a backup or restore job. When the validate option is selected on the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) tab or Advanced Restore Options (Options) tab, this will cause the system to simulate either a backup or restore job without using any media or over-writing the Oracle database. After the validate job completes, you can view the log file for the job to identify and correct any validation issues prior to running the backup or restore.

For step-by-step instructions, see Validate a Backup or Restore.

In the event that you need to restore the backup repository contained in the control file when the control file is lost and the recovery catalog is either lost or was never used, and you have previously configured autobackup of control files, then follow the procedure to Restore Control Files from Autobackup.

Review Performance Tuning - Oracle or Performance Tuning - Oracle RAC for details on setting configuration parameters to optimize backup and restore operations for your site.

For Oracle 10g, if the instance is configured for autobackup with flash recovery, then restoring the SPFile from the CommCell Console will not work. See Troubleshooting - Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgents for available work-arounds.

After performing an Oracle restore operation from the CommCell Console where options were selected for Redirect, Rename and Recover at the same time, you must click the Refresh button on the Subclient Properties (Content) tab or run a backup after the restore operation has completed before proceeding with another restore. This is necessary to ensure that the CommCell Console recognizes the changes that were made to the Oracle database and control file, so that it reflects the current structure of the database to be restored, otherwise the restore will fail.

When restoring an Oracle 10g database, if the backup data is not available due to a service failure or an offline library, RMAN will automatically failover to the previous backup. However, if the backup data becomes inaccessible during the restore operation, then the failover does not work. A bug has been raised by Oracle regarding this issue. For more information, refer Oracle documentation.

When restoring an Oracle SP file from Autobackup, make sure that the database is in NOMOUNT mode. To start the database in NOMOUNT mode you need to do the following:

Shut down the database

Start the database in NOMOUNT mode using the following command:

Startup force nomount

This command can be used only if you have the initSID.ora file in the below location:

$ORACLE_HOME/dbs for Unix (can be copied from $ORACLE_HOME/admin/<instancename>/spfile folder)

$ORACLE_HOME/database for Windows (can be copied from $ORACLE_BASE/admin/<instancename>/spfile folder)

Restore the SP file from the CommCell Console. Once the SP file is restored, make sure that you do a database shutdown and startup once again.

You can restore multiplexed data only from a primary copy.

If the database is upgraded, the next backup that is run detects the new version. The version is refreshed and displayed in the instance Properties dialog box and for the SQL Server iDataAgent, it is displayed during a browse operation. For more information, see Browse Databases.

When recovering an Oracle or Oracle RAC database with flashback enabled, make sure to disable the flashback option prior to recovery of the database, or else the recovery operation may fail. To disable

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 106 of 199

Page 107: Oraasfsa

the flashback, do the following:

1. Restore the control file and the database using the CommCell Console.

2. Start the database in MOUNT mode and disable the flashback option using the command:

alter database flashback off

3. Continue the recovery of the database from the CommCell Console.

Consider the following when performing a table restore operation:

During a table restore operation, if the restore job fails when the table is getting restored to the auxiliary database using RMAN scripts, the job is kept in a pending state.

If the restore job fails when the table is getting imported from the auxiliary instance, the job is shown as completed with errors and the user is advised to export table from the auxiliary instance using exp or expdp command line interface. If the auxiliary instance option is not selected during the restore, use the ORACLE_SID name to connect to the auxiliary instance. However, in this case, the auxiliary database will not be cleaned up and user is expected to shutdown the auxiliary instance after importing the tables manually. If both the restore and import operations completes successfully, the auxiliary database will be cleaned up.

When restoring tables to a cross-machine, if the auxiliary instance option is selected for the restore, you need to recover the database to a specified point-in-time or SCN number. The SCN number can be retrieved from the Job Details (general) tab of the backup job.

You can restore a table to a specific failure point when you use an auxiliary instance during the table restore operation.

Before you restore and recover tablespaces (partial database) out of place for this agent, be sure to take the tablespaces offline if they are not already offline.

If you are trying to restore (only) tablespaces in place for this agent, and if an error message indicating that you have to reset the logs is displayed, simply ignore the message and click Yes to continue.

If you are trying to recover an entire database, tablespaces, or data files for this agent, and if an error message advising you how to administer the Open DB option from the CommCell Console is displayed, simply ignore the message. However, ensure that the database is in mount mode.

You can restore Oracle duplicate databases cross-platform only by using a point-in-time value or a System Change Number (SCN). You can retrieve the SCN from the Jobs Details (General) tab for the backup job.

When restoring backups with recovery catalog, the connect string details provided in the Instance Properties (Details) tab will be automatically displayed in the Restore Options (General) tab.

During an On Demand restore or a regular restore operation from the CommCell Console, if the data restore phase encounters problems, the restore job goes to pending and resumes from the beginning. However, if the recovery phase of the operation encounters issue in opening database or incorrect catalog, the job is completed with errors.

Restore Destinations

By default, the Oracle iDataAgent restores data to the client computer from which it originated; this is referred to as an in-place restore. You can also restore the data to another Client computer in the CommCell. Keep in mind the following considerations when performing such restores:

The destination client must reside in the same CommCell as the client whose data was backed up.

Note that when you perform restores other than in-place restores, the restored data assumes the rights (i.e., permissions) of the parent directory.

The following section enumerates the types of restore destinations that are supported by the Oracle iDataAgent. See Support Information - Restore Options - Restore Destinations for a list of Agents supporting each restore destination type.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 107 of 199

Page 108: Oraasfsa

In-Place Restore Same path/destination

Out-of-Place Restore Same path/destination

Different path/destination

Redirect/Rename Data During Restore

For the Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgents, one of the options available during a restore operation is the ability to redirect datafiles and tablespaces to be restored to a new location. Additionally, datafiles and tablespaces can be renamed during restore. Both of these operations can be performed from the Redirect tab in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box. Redirecting and/or renaming datafiles and tablespaces as they are restored allows them to be restored without overwriting existing datafiles and tablespaces. This is also useful when restoring and recovering an Oracle database to a new host with a different directory structure. While redirecting the tablespaces/datafiles, it is always recommended that you redirect all of the restored tablespaces/datafiles. In other words, restore only the tablespaces/datafiles that need to be redirected.

Cross-Platform Restores Same Operating System - Different Version

Back to Top

Restore Data - Oracle or Oracle RAC - How To Topics | How To | Full System Restore | Troubleshoot | Related Topics

Oracle iDataAgent or Oracle RAC iDataAgent

Redirect/Rename Data During Oracle Restore

Restore and Recover One or More Tablespace(s) in ARCHIVELOG Mode to the Current Time

Restore and Recover One or More Datafile(s) in ARCHIVELOG Mode to the Current Time

Restore Archive Log Files

Restore and Recover One or More Database Table(s)

Restore and Recover a Database to a New Host with the Same Directory Structure

Restore and Recover a Database to a New Host with a Different Directory Structure

Restore and Recover an Entire Database in ARCHIVELOG Mode to a Previous Point-In-Time

Restore and Recover an Entire Database in ARCHIVELOG Mode to the Current Time

Restore and Recover an Entire Database in NOARCHIVELOG Mode to the Latest Backup

Restore and Recover an Entire Database in NOARCHIVELOG Mode to a Point-In-Time

Restore and Recover One Control File from an Existing Control File

Restore and Recover All Control Files

Restore Archive Log Files

Restore Control Files from Autobackup

Validate a Backup or Restore

Create a Duplicate Database on a Different Host without the Instance Configured

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 108 of 199

Page 109: Oraasfsa

Create a Duplicate Database on a Different Host with the Instance Configured

Create a Duplicate Database on the Same Host without the Instance Configured

Create a Duplicate Database on the Same Host with the Instance Configured

Preview a Script

Oracle iDataAgent

Create a Standby Database on a Different Host without the Instance Configured

Create a Standby Database on a Different Host with the Instance Configured

Create a Standby Database on the Same Host without the Instance Configured

Create a Standby Database on the Same Host with the Instance Configured

Redirect/Rename Data During Oracle Restore

Before You Begin

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To redirect tablespaces and/or rename datafiles during an Oracle restore:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the Oracle agent or instance that contains the datafiles you want to rename/redirect on restore, click All Tasks and then click the available Browse command (command names vary by agent).

2. Run a browse operation. See Browsing Data for a list of customized browse operations and their step-by-step instructions. If you accept all defaults, you will be browsing the latest backups for the selected data.

3. From the Browse window, Select Objects From the Browse Window for Restore.

4. From the General tab of the Oracle Restore Options dialog box, and the Job Initiation tab of the Restore Options dialog box, select the options that you want to use.

5. Click Advanced.

6. From the Redirect tab of the Advanced Restore Options dialog box, redirect tablespaces and/or rename datafiles for the restore operation. Specifically, do one of the following:

If you want to redirect all the tablespaces selected for restore to a new location, then select the Redirect All Table Spaces to: checkbox and either type in a new location in the corresponding entry field or click Browse to display the Browse for Restore Redirect Path window and navigate to the new location.

If you want to redirect only certain tablespace(s) or datafile(s) to a new location, then select the Redirect checkbox, click the desired object(s) in the Object column to highlight them, and either type in a new location in the New Path entry field or click the Browse button to the right of the New Path field to display the Browse for Restore Redirect Path window and navigate to the new location. After specifying the New Path, click Apply. The specified location will now display in the New Path column next to the selected object(s).

If you want to redirect all datafiles for a tablespace, select the Redirect checkbox, select the desired tablespace from the Object column, and type in a new path in the New Path entry field. After specifying the new path, click Apply. The new path for the datafiles will now display in the New Path column next to the selected tablespace.

If you want to rename one datafile for a tablespace, select the Redirect checkbox, expand the desired tablespace then select the desired datafile, and type in the full path with a new name in the New Path entry field. After specifying the new name, click Apply. The new name for the

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 109 of 199

Page 110: Oraasfsa

datafile will now display in the New Path column next to the selected datafile.

7. Click OK to save your entries. This closes the Redirect tab.

8. Select any additional restore options from the tabs for the Advanced Restore Options dialog box and then click OK.

9. If you want to schedule the job, select the Job Initiation tab from the Restore Options dialog box, click Schedule, schedule the job, and then click OK. If you want to run the job now, accept or click Run Immediately in the same tab and then click OK.

10. The progress of the restore job can be monitored using the Job Controller.

11. After the data has been restored, you will see a job completion message in the Job Controller and Event Viewer.

Restore and Recover One or More Tablespace(s) in ARCHIVELOG Mode to the Current Time

The following procedure describes the steps involved in restoring one or more lost tablespaces, without the control file for a database running in ARCHIVELOG mode. This procedure restores and recovers the tablespace(s) as follows:

From an online backup

Without the control file(s) (since it exists)

To the current time and to the original host

Using the Recovery Catalog

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore and recover one or more tablespace(s) in ARCHIVELOG mode to the current time:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance that contains the tablespace(s) you want to restore and recover, click All Tasks and then click Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the following options:

Click the name of the client computer with the tablespace(s) you want to restore in the Destination Client box (if it is not already selected).

Select the Restore Data and Recover options.

Select the tablespace(s) you want to restore in The Latest Database View pane.

3. Click on the Advanced button and verify the following options are selected:

Restore Data - From the Latest Backup Advanced Restore Options (Restore)

Recover - Current Time Advanced Restore Options (Recover)

4. Click OK in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options window.

5. When restoring encrypted data, refer to Data Encryption.

Before the restore job is run, the system will check whether the database is in the correct mode for this type of restore. If it is not, a message dialog will inform you of this and offer to automatically switch the database into the valid mode. When this happens, either click Yes on the message dialog to have the system automatically switch the database to the valid mode and continue the restore, or click No to manually switch the database to the valid mode before proceeding.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 110 of 199

Page 111: Oraasfsa

6. Optionally for Oracle RAC, from the Oracle Restore Options (Stream) dialog box, set the instance restore order per stream allotment.

7. Begin or schedule the restore.

8. While the job is running you can right-click the job in the Job Controller and select Details to view information on the job. After the data has been restored, you will see a job completion message in the Job Controller and Event Viewer.

Restore and Recover One or More Datafile(s) in ARCHIVELOG Mode to the Current Time

The following procedure describes the steps involved in restoring one or more lost datafile(s), from an existing control file. The database containing these datafile(s) is running in ARCHIVELOG mode. This procedure restores and recovers the datafile(s) as follows:

From an online backup

Without the control file(s) (since it exists)

To the current time and to the original host

Using the Recovery Catalog

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore and recover one or more datafile(s) in ARCHIVELOG mode to the current time:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance that contains the datafile(s) you want to restore and recover, click All Tasks and then click Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the following options:

Click the name of the client computer with the datafile(s) you want to restore in the Destination Client box (if it is not already selected).

Select the Restore Data and Recover options.

Open the database tree and select the datafile(s) you want to restore in The Latest Database View pane.

3. Click the Advanced button and verify the following options are selected in the identified tab for the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box:

Restore Data - From the Latest Backup in Restore

Recover - Current Time in Recover

4. Click OK in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options window.

5. When restoring encrypted data, refer to Data Encryption.

6. Optionally for Oracle RAC, from the Oracle Restore Options (Stream) dialog box, set the instance restore order per stream allotment.

7. Begin or schedule the restore.

8. While the job is running you can right-click the job in the Job Controller and select Details to view information on the job. After the data has been restored, you will see a job completion message in the Job Controller and Event Viewer.

During the partial restore job, the system checks whether the selected tablespaces are in the OFFLINE state. If they are not, the system will automatically switch the tablespaces to the OFFLINE state.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 111 of 199

Page 112: Oraasfsa

Restore Archive Log Files

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Make sure that the DBID value for the particular database is displayed in the Instance properties dialog box. If you have not yet created an instance for the database, refer to Create/Modify an Instance for more information.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore archive log files using the CommCell Console:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance, select All Tasks then click Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) tab, select Restore Archive Log. You can also select Restore Data and Recover options if required.

3. Click Advanced.

4. From the Advanced Restore Options (Restore) tab, select Restore Archive Logs.

5. Select any of the following criteria to restore the archive log files:

Select By Log Time to restore archive log with start time (mm/dd/yy:hh/mm/ss) and End time (mm/dd/yy:hh/mm/ss).

Select By Log Serial Number (LSN) to restore archive logs based on the specified Log Sequence Numbers (LSNs) that you specify. Specify the Start number (enter log sequence number) and End number (enter log sequence number) to restore archive logs.

6. If you want to save the archive logs in a different location, enter the path in Target Directory field or click Browse to select a new location.

7. Click OK to save the settings.

Restore and Recover One or More Database Table(s)

The following procedure describes the steps involved in restoring one or more database tables. This procedure restores and recovers the tables as follows:

From an online backup with the Enable Table Browse option set on the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments: Options) tab

Without the control file(s) (since it exists)

From the current time (by default) backup data or either the point-in-time (PIT) or System Change Numbers (SCN) backup data

To the original host (by default) or to a cross-host client that is installed on the same CommServe and to the Oracle instance that is configured in the CommCell

Using the Recovery Catalog (optional)

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Ensure that the destination host has the same version of the operating system and Oracle version as the source host.

Make sure that the backup was performed after enabling the table browse for the subclient. For step-by-step instructions, see Enable Table Browse for the Subclient.

Perform the Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database to create an auxiliary database on the destination host.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 112 of 199

Page 113: Oraasfsa

Ensure that all dependent tables are selected for restore by running the following Oracle command:

select constraint_name, constraint_type, table_name, R_constraint_name from dba_constraints;

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore and recover one or more database tables:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance that contains the tables you want to restore and recover, click All Tasks and then click Browse Backup Data.

2. From the Browse Options dialog box, select Table View.

3. Click OK.

4. In the Browse window, select the tables to be restored and click Recover All Selected.

5. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) tab, select, enter, or consider the following:

The Destination Client field will display the name of the client computer to which you want to restore the Auxiliary Instance if you select the Auxiliary Instance option on the Oracle Restore Options (Table Restore) tab (discussed in a later step) and enter a client name in the Database Client list on this tab. The source client is the default computer.

Use the Catalog Connect fields to enter the connect string for the catalog database of the source machine, or select the NO CATALOG option to disable the Catalog Connect fields.

6. Click Advanced and then the Recover tab, and choose a time for the restore. Current Time is the default option. The point in time value will be displayed automatically in the Point In Time fields if the PIT time has already been entered in the Specify Browse Time field in the Browse Options dialog box.

7. From the Oracle Restore Options (Table Restore), select the required parameters.

The Paths Selected For Restore box will show the selected users and selected tables

If the Auxiliary Instance option is selected, this instance must be in NOMOUNT mode, the pfile should be provided, and you will need to select a client name from the Database Client list. The Auxiliary Instance should be configured on the CommCell. The source client is the default client. The existing Auxiliary Instance will be overwritten by restoring tables.

When you provide an auxiliary instance, make sure that the temp.dbf file is removed from the operating system in the specified auxiliary instance datafile location.

Ensure that the staging path that you specify has enough space. To determine space requirements, preview the RMAN script before you run the restore by clicking Script Preview from the Oracle Restore Options (General) tab. This script will show the system tablespaces and the user tablespaces (containing tables) to be restored; however, it will not show the temporary tablespaces used for the restore. Therefore, be sure to check the size of all these tablespaces from your computer before you run the restore.

The Import Options option allows you to select any options that you want to restore tables.

Do Not Import option will export the tables and leave them in the staging area. You can import the tables to the destination database later or at any time by using the appropriate import utility.

Import to Source Database option will import tables to the source database.

Import to a Different Database option allows you to import selected tables to a different database whose name must be entered in the Select Import Database field. This database must be configured on CommCell of the same CommServe. The cross-machine can be selected from the Select a Client list also.

Drop Table option will drop all selected tables if they have not been dropped manually from the destination database.

8. For Oracle RAC only, from the Streams tab, select only one node with only one stream to submit the job.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 113 of 199

Page 114: Oraasfsa

9. Click OK.

Restore and Recover a Database to a New Host with the Same Directory Structure (Oracle and Oracle RAC)

The following procedure describes the steps involved in restoring and recovering a database (either in ARCHIVELOG or NOARCHIVELOG) mode to a new host, with the same directory structure.

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

When you perform a database restore to a new host the source and destination machines must have the following features:

The same operating systems

The same Oracle version

The same database datafile directory structures

The same ORACLE_SID

Must be either a 32-bit or 64-bit system

In the destination machine

Install the Oracle iDataAgent or create the Oracle RAC client and configure as client in the same CommServe in which the source machine resides

Create and configure a new Oracle instance, similar to the one existing in the source machine

In addition the destination machine must have sufficient disk space to accommodate the restored database.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore and recover a database to a new host with the same directory structure:

1. Verify that the destination machine's init <SID>.ora file is the same as the source machine's file.

2. Configure the destination machine's $TNS_ADMIN/tnsnames.ora file to include the Recovery Catalog database's service entry. The easiest way to configure this file is to copy the Recovery Catalog database's service entry from the source machine's tnsnames.ora file and append it to the destination machine's tnsnames.ora file. The Recovery Catalog database's service entry should look similar to the following: <service_name> = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = <protocol>)(HOST = <host>) (PORT = <##>)) (CONNECT_DATA = (SID = <Recovery Catalog database>)))

3. Make sure that ORACLE_SID is set to the database that you are restoring and that ORACLE_HOME is set appropriately. Note the following example for Solaris: #export ORACLE_SID= <target database SID> #export ORACLE_HOME= <Oracle home directory>

Note the following example for Windows 2000 machines: C:\set ORACLE_SID= <target database SID> C:\set ORACLE_HOME= <Oracle home directory>

4. From Server Manager or SQL Plus on the source machine, create a new user account within the Recovery Catalog for the destination machine by executing the commands in the following display: SVRMGR>create user <username> identified by <password>

When you are restoring data from a database in NOARCHIVELOG mode, you must always restore and recover the entire database.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 114 of 199

Page 115: Oraasfsa

2>temporary tablespace <temp_tablespace_name> 3>default tablespace <default_tablespace_name> 4>quota unlimited on <default_tablespace_name>; Statement processed. SVRMGR>grant connect, resource, recovery_catalog_owner to <username>; Statement processed.

5. Transfer the Oracle password file "orapw<Oracle SID name>" from the source machine to the destination machine. Usually this file resides in ORACLE_HOME/dbs.

6. From the source machine, use the Oracle exp command to export the Recovery Catalog data. You are exporting the data by user. For example, if the user ID for the Recovery Catalog owner is rman, you would export the database backup information for the user rman.

7. From the source machine, use the Oracle imp command to import the contents of the file you created in the previous step into the new user account for the destination machine. Depending on the version of Oracle that you are running, you may receive the following error when you run the imp command: IMP-00044: unable to allocate enough memory for statement

8. Perform these steps if you receive an error while running the imp command:

Drop the user.

Recreate the user.

Rerun the imp command.

When you rerun the imp command, enter 1000000 when prompted for the insert buffer file.

If you receive the error message again, repeat the preceding steps and increase the buffer by a million each time you run imp until the error message is no longer displayed.

9. Ensure that the database in NOMOUNT mode in the destination machine.

10. If you want to perform the cross-machine restore from the CommCell Console then continue on with this procedure. Otherwise, if you want to perform the cross-machine restore from the RMAN command line using your own custom script, then exit this help and run the script now (refer to Oracle's Recovery Manager documentation for more information).

11. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance that contains the database you want to restore and recover to a new host, click All Tasks and then click Restore.

12. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select or enter the following:

Click the name of the client computer to which you want to restore in the Destination Client box.

Use the Catalog Connect fields to enter the connect string for the catalog database of the destination machine.

Select the Restore Control File option.

Select the Restore Data and Recover options.

Make sure that the <username>you supply for the destination machine is different than the username for the source machine.

When you are granting the user database permissions, make sure to include the recovery_catalog_owner option shown above.

If your destination client is not listed, check and ensure that all the requirements stated in the Before you Begin section is satisfied.

It is critical that the Recover option is selected, as Recover applies any incremental backups that are needed to bring the database back to a consistent state.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 115 of 199

Page 116: Oraasfsa

Select the entire database in The Latest Database View pane (if it is not already selected).

13. Click the Advanced button and verify the following options are selected in the identified tab for the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box:

Restore Control File - To Point in Time in Ctrl & SP Files

Restore Data in Restore

Recover - Point In Time in Recover

14. Click OK in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

15. When restoring encrypted data, refer to Data Encryption.

16. Optionally for Oracle RAC, from the Oracle Restore Options (Stream) dialog box, set the instance restore order per stream allotment.

17. Begin or schedule the restore.

18. View the progress of the restore in the Job Controller window.

In ARCHIVELOG mode - When the data is restored, click OK on the confirmation window. If desired, click Detail to review information on the restore operation.

In NOARCHIVELOG mode - The job will report the restore as failed. This is because no archive redo log files exist. RMAN will report the following message, in reference to this error: RMAN-03022: compiling command: recover(4) RMAN-03026: error recovery releasing channel resources RMAN-08031: released channel: ch1 RMAN-00571: ====================================================== RMAN-00569:====== ERROR MESSAGE STACK FOLLOWS========= RMAN-00571: ====================================================== RMAN-03002: failure during compilation of command RMAN-03013: command type: recover RMAN-06054: media recovery requesting unknown log: thread 1 scn 72077 RMAN> Recovery Manager Complete.

Perform the following steps if your database is in the NOARCHIVELOG mode.

19. Manually recover and open the database using the following steps.

20. From the Server Manager window, execute the command displayed in the following example: SVRMGR>recover database using backup control file until cancel;

The Control file must be restored to a point in time that is later than or equal to time set for the Restore Data option in the Restore tab.

The Restore Data option must be earlier than or equal to the point in time that you specified for the Restore Control File option in the Ctrl & SP Files tab.

The point in time for the recover option must be later than or equal to the point in time specified for the Control file in the Ctrl & SP Files tab.

Before the restore job is run, the system will check whether the database is in the correct mode for this type of restore. If it is not, a message dialog will inform you of this and offer to automatically switch the database into the valid mode. When this happens, either click Yes on the message dialog to have the system automatically switch the database to the valid mode and continue the restore, or click No to manually switch the database to the valid mode before proceeding.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 116 of 199

Page 117: Oraasfsa

Server Manager displays several messages, including the following: Specify log: {<RET>=suggested | filename | AUTO | CANCEL}

21. Type cancel The following message is displayed: Media recovery cancelled.

22. Execute the commands displayed in the following example: SVRMGR>alter database open resetlogs; SVRMGR>exit

23. Reset the Recovery Catalog by executing the commands displayed in the following example: #rman rcvcat <catalog connect string> Recovery Manager: Release 8.1.5.00 - Production RMAN-06008: connected to recovery catalog database RMAN>connect target; RMAN-06005: connected to target database: <database_name> DBID=<##>) RMAN> reset database; RMAN-03022: compiling command: reset RMAN-03023: executing command: reset RMAN-08006: database registered in recovery catalog RMAN-03023: executing command: full resync RMAN-08002: starting full resync of recovery catalog RMAN-08004: full resync complete RMAN>exit Resetting the Recovery Catalog creates a new incarnation of the database. Before you can restore and recover the database to the current time, you must perform another full backup and wait for it to complete successfully.

24. Perform an immediate offline full backup.

Restore and Recover a Database to a New Host with a Different Directory Structure (Oracle and Oracle RAC)

The following procedure describes the steps involved in restoring and recovering a database (either in ARCHIVELOG or NOARCHIVELOG) mode to a new host, with a different directory structure.

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

When you perform a database restore to a new host the source and destination machines must have the following features:

The same operating systems

The same Oracle version

Different database datafile directory structures

The same ORACLE_SID

Must be either a 32-bit or 64-bit system

In the destination machine

Install the Oracle iDataAgent or create the Oracle RAC client and configure as client in the same CommServe in which the source machine resides

When you are restoring data from a database in NOARCHIVELOG mode, you must always restore and recover the entire database.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 117 of 199

Page 118: Oraasfsa

Create and configure a new Oracle instance, similar to the one existing in the source machine

In addition the destination machine must have sufficient disk space to accommodate the restored database.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore and recover a database to a new host with a different directory structure:

1. Copy the init<SID>.ora from the old host to the new host.

2. Edit the init<SID>.ora file on the new host to reflect all the directory structure changes (i.e., change the path for control files, archivelog destination and *dump destinations).

3. Create the directory structures as defined in init<SID>.ora file for all paths.

4. Configure the destination machine's $TNS_ADMIN/tnsnames.ora file to include the Recovery Catalog database's service entry. The easiest way to configure this file is to copy the Recovery Catalog database's service entry from the source machine's tnsnames.ora file and append it to the destination machine's tnsnames.ora file. The Recovery Catalog database's service entry should look similar to the following: <service_name> = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = <protocol>)(HOST = <host>) (PORT = <##>)) (CONNECT_DATA = (SID = <Recovery Catalog database>)))

5. Make sure that ORACLE_SID is set to the database that you are restoring and that ORACLE_HOME is set appropriately. Note the following example for Solaris: #export ORACLE_SID= <target database SID> #export ORACLE_HOME= <Oracle home directory>

Note the following example for Windows 2000 machines: C:\set ORACLE_SID= <target database SID> C:\set ORACLE_HOME= <Oracle home directory>

6. From Server Manager or SQL Plus on the source machine, create a new user account within the Recovery Catalog for the destination machine by executing the commands in the following display: SVRMGR>create user <username> identified by <password> 2>temporary tablespace <temp_tablespace_name> 3>default tablespace <default_tablespace_name> 4>quota unlimited on <default_tablespace_name>; Statement processed. SVRMGR>grant connect, resource, recovery_catalog_owner to <username>; Statement processed.

7. Transfer the Oracle password file "orapw<Oracle SID name>" from the source machine to the destination machine. Usually this file resides in ORACLE_HOME/dbs.

8. From the source machine, use the Oracle exp command to export the Recovery Catalog data. You are exporting the data by user. For example, if the user ID for the Recovery Catalog owner is rman, you would export the database backup information for the user rman.

9. From the source machine, use the Oracle imp command to import the contents of the file you created in the previous step into the new user account for the destination machine. Depending on the version of Oracle that you are running, you may receive the following error when you run the imp command: IMP-00044: unable to allocate enough memory for statement

Make sure that the <username>you supply for the destination machine is different than the username for the source machine.

When you are granting the user database permissions, make sure to include the recovery_catalog_owner option shown above.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 118 of 199

Page 119: Oraasfsa

10. Perform these steps if you receive an error while running the imp command:

Drop the user.

Recreate the user.

Rerun the imp command.

When you rerun the imp command, enter 1000000 when prompted for the insert buffer file.

If you receive the error message again, repeat the preceding steps and increase the buffer by a million each time you run imp until the error message is no longer displayed.

11. Ensure that the database in NOMOUNT mode in the destination machine.

12. If you want to perform the cross-machine restore from the CommCell Console then continue on with this procedure. Otherwise, if you want to perform the cross-machine restore from the RMAN command line using your own custom script, then exit this help and run the script now (refer to Oracle's Recovery Manager documentation for more information).

When performing cross-machine restore, do the following:

Restore the control file and put the database in MOUNT mode.

Login to SQL database in the destination computer and provide the following syntax:

SQL> alter database rename file '/oracle/oradata/rman10g1/redo01.log' to '/space/oracle/oracle10g2/oradata/redo01.log';

SQL> alter database rename file '/oracle/oradata/rman10g1/redo02.log' to '/space/oracle/oracle10g2/oradata/redo02.log';

SQL> alter database rename file '/oracle/oradata/rman10g1/redo03.log' to '/space/oracle/oracle10g2/oradata/redo03.log';

Here, '/oracle/oradata/rman10g1/ is the source redo log location and '/space/oracle/oracle10g2/oradata/ is the destination redo log location.

13. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance that contains the database you want to restore and recover to a new host, click All Tasks and then click Restore.

14. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select or enter the following:

Click the name of the client computer to which you want to restore in the Destination Client box.

Use the Catalog Connect fields to enter the connect string for the catalog database of the destination machine.

Select the Restore Control File option.

Select the Restore Data and Recover options.

Select the entire database in The Latest Database View pane (if it is not already selected).

15. Click the Advanced button and verify the following options are selected in the identified tab for the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box:

Restore Control File - To Point in Time in Ctrl & SP Files

If your destination client is not listed, check and ensure that all the requirements stated in the Before you Begin section is satisfied.

It is critical that the Recover option is selected, as Recover applies any incremental backups that are needed to bring the database back to a consistent state.

The Control file must be restored to a point in time that is later than or equal to time set for the Restore Data option in the Restore tab.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 119 of 199

Page 120: Oraasfsa

Restore Data in Restore

Recover - Point In Time in Recover

Redirect All Table Spaces to, along with the path, in Redirect

16. Click OK on the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

17. When restoring encrypted data, refer to Data Encryption.

18. Optionally for Oracle RAC, from the Oracle Restore Options (Stream) dialog box, set the instance restore order per stream allotment.

19. Begin or schedule the restore.

20. View the progress of the restore in the Job Controller window.

In ARCHIVELOG mode - When the data is restored, click OK on the confirmation window. If desired, click Detail to review information on the restore operation.

In NOARCHIVELOG mode - The job will report the restore as failed. This is because no archive redo log files exist. RMAN will report the following message, in reference to this error: RMAN-03022: compiling command: recover(4) RMAN-03026: error recovery releasing channel resources RMAN-08031: released channel: ch1 RMAN-00571: ====================================================== RMAN-00569:====== ERROR MESSAGE STACK FOLLOWS========= RMAN-00571: ====================================================== RMAN-03002: failure during compilation of command RMAN-03013: command type: recover RMAN-06054: media recovery requesting unknown log: thread 1 scn 72077 RMAN> Recovery Manager Complete.

Perform the following steps if your database is in the NOARCHIVELOG mode.

21. Manually recover and open the database using the following steps.

22. From the Server Manager window, execute the command displayed in the following example: SVRMGR>recover database using backup control file until cancel;

Server Manager displays several messages, including the following: Specify log: {<RET>=suggested | filename | AUTO | CANCEL}

The Restore Data option must be earlier than or equal to the point in time that you specified for the Restore Control File option in the Ctrl & SP Files tab.

The point in time for the recover option must be later than or equal to the point in time specified for the Control file in the Ctrl & SP Files tab.

The path for datafiles should be created manually because Oracle or Oracle iDataAgent will not create that path.

Before the restore job is run, the system will check whether the database is in the correct mode for this type of restore. If it is not, a message dialog will inform you of this and offer to automatically switch the database into the valid mode. When this happens, either click Yes on the message dialog to have the system automatically switch the database to the valid mode and continue the restore, or click No to manually switch the database to the valid mode before proceeding.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 120 of 199

Page 121: Oraasfsa

23. Type cancel The following message is displayed: Media recovery cancelled.

24. Execute the commands displayed in the following example: SVRMGR>alter database open resetlogs; SVRMGR>exit

25. Reset the Recovery Catalog by executing the commands displayed in the following example: #rman rcvcat <catalog connect string> Recovery Manager: Release 8.1.5.00 - Production RMAN-06008: connected to recovery catalog database RMAN>connect target; RMAN-06005: connected to target database: <database_name> DBID=<##>) RMAN> reset database; RMAN-03022: compiling command: reset RMAN-03023: executing command: reset RMAN-08006: database registered in recovery catalog RMAN-03023: executing command: full resync RMAN-08002: starting full resync of recovery catalog RMAN-08004: full resync complete RMAN>exit Resetting the Recovery Catalog creates a new incarnation of the database. Before you can restore and recover the database to the current time, you must perform another full backup and wait for it to complete successfully.

26. Perform an immediate offline full backup.

Restore and Recover an Entire Database in ARCHIVELOG Mode to a Previous Point-In-Time

The following procedure describes the steps involved in restoring and recovering a database to a previous point-in-time. This procedure restores and recovers the database as follows:

From an online backup

With or without the control file(s) (since it must have a timestamp that is later than or equal to the datafiles)

To a point-in-time and to the original host

Using the Recovery Catalog

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore and recover an entire database in ARCHIVELOG mode to a previous point-in-time:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance that contains the database you want to restore and recover, click All Tasks and then click Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the following options:

Click the name of the client computer with the database you want to restore in the Destination Client box (if it is not already selected).

Select the Restore Control File option, if you want to restore the control files.

Select the Restore Data and Recover options.

Select the entire database in The Latest Database View pane (if it is not already selected).

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 121 of 199

Page 122: Oraasfsa

Verify that the Status of the database is displayed as STARTED; if necessary click on the Refresh button to refresh the status.

3. Click on the Advanced button.

4. From the Ctrl & SP Files tab in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box, select the To Point in Time in the Restore Control File pane and enter the date and time to which you want the Control File(s) restored.

5. From the Restore tab, select the To Point in Time in the Restore Data pane and enter the date and time to which you want the datafiles restored.

6. From the Recover tab, select the To Point in Time in the Recover pane and enter the date and time to which you want the database recovered.

7. From the Options tab, type or select the database incarnation value in the Set DB Incarnation box, if you want to perform the restore from a backup of a previous incarnation.

8. Click OK in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options window.

9. When restoring encrypted data, refer to Data Encryption.

10. Optionally for Oracle RAC, from the Oracle Restore Options (Stream) dialog box, set the instance restore order per stream allotment.

11. Begin or schedule the restore.

12. While the job is running you can right-click the job in the Job Controller and select Details to view information on the job. After the data has been restored, you will see a job completion message in the Job Controller and Event Viewer.

Restore and Recover an Entire Database in ARCHIVELOG Mode to the Current Time

The following procedure describes the steps involved in restoring and recovering a database running in ARCHIVELOG mode, with lost data files and control files.

The control file(s) must be restored to a point-in-time that is later than or equal to the point-in-time set for the Restore Data option in the Restore tab.

The data must be restored to a point-in-time that is earlier than or equal to the point-in-time set for the Restore Control File option in the Ctrl & SP Files tab.

The point in time that you specify for the Recover option must be later than or equal to the point in time that you specified for the CONTROL FILE in the Ctrl & SP Files tab.

Before the restore job is run, the system will check whether the database is in the correct mode for this type of restore. If it is not, a message dialog will inform you of this and offer to automatically switch the database into the valid mode. When this happens, either click Yes on the message dialog to have the system automatically switch the database to the valid mode and continue the restore, or click No to manually switch the database to the valid mode before proceeding.

If you recover the database to a previous point in time, or restore the control file, then you have to perform a full database backup. This is because a previous point in time recovery or restoring the control file will destroy all previous backups.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 122 of 199

Page 123: Oraasfsa

This procedure restores and recovers the database as follows:

From an online backup

With the control file(s) (since they no longer exist)

To the current time and to the original host

Using the Recovery Catalog

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore and recover Restore an entire database in ARCHIVELOG mode to the current time:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance that contains the database you want to restore and recover, click All Tasks and then click Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the following options:

Select the name of the client computer with the database you want to restore in the Destination Client box (if it is not already selected).

Select the Restore Control File option.

Select the Restore Data and Recover options.

Select the entire database in The Latest Database View pane (if it is not already selected).

Verify that the Status of the database is displayed as STARTED; if necessary click on the Refresh button to refresh the status.

3. Click the Advanced button and verify the following options are selected in the identified tab for the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box:

Restore Control File (if you do not have one) in Ctrl & SP Files

Restore Data - From the Latest Backup in Restore

Recover - Current Time in Recover

4. Click OK in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options window.

5. When restoring encrypted data, refer to Data Encryption.

6. Optionally for Oracle RAC, from the Oracle Restore Options (Stream) dialog box, set the instance restore order per stream allotment.

7. Begin or schedule the restore.

8. While the job is running you can right-click the job in the Job Controller and select Details to view information on the job. After the data has been restored, you will see a job completion message in the Job Controller and Event Viewer.

The system automatically resets the logs and the database. Before you can restore and recover the database to the current time, it is good practice to perform another full backup and wait for it to complete successfully.

NOTES

If you restore the control file, then you have to perform a full database backup. This is because

Before the restore job is run, the system will check whether the database is in the correct mode for this type of restore. If it is not, a message dialog will inform you of this and offer to automatically switch the database into the valid mode. When this happens, either click Yes on the message dialog to have the system automatically switch the database to the valid mode and continue the restore, or click No to manually switch the database to the valid mode before proceeding.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 123 of 199

Page 124: Oraasfsa

restoring the control file will destroy all previous backups.

Restore and Recover an Entire Database in NOARCHIVELOG Mode to the Latest Backup

The following procedure describes the steps involved in restoring and recovering an entire database when all datafiles and control files are lost. This procedure restores and recovers an entire database as follows:

From an offline backup

With the control files (since they no longer exist)

To the latest backup and to the original host

Using the Recovery Catalog

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore and recover an entire database in NOARCHIVELOG mode to the latest backup:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance that contains the database you want to restore and recover, click All Tasks and then click Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the following options:

Select the name of the client computer with the database you want to restore in the Destination Client box (if it is not already selected).

Select the Restore Control File option.

Select the Restore Data and Recover options.

Select the entire database in The Latest Database View pane (if it is not already selected).

Verify that the Status of the database is displayed as STARTED; if necessary click on the Refresh button to refresh the status.

3. Click the Advanced button and verify the following options are selected in the identified tab for the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box:

Restore Control File in Ctrl & SP Files

Restore Data - From the Latest Backup in Restore

Recover - Current Time in Recover

4. Click OK in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options window.

5. When restoring encrypted data, refer to Data Encryption.

6. Optionally for Oracle RAC, from the Oracle Restore Options (Stream) dialog box, set the instance restore order per stream allotment.

7. Begin or schedule the restore.

When you are restoring data from a database in NOARCHIVELOG mode, you must always restore and recover the entire database

It is critical that the Recover option is selected, as Recover applies any incremental backups that are needed to bring the database back to a consistent state.

Before the restore job is run, the system will check whether the database is in the correct mode for this type of restore. If it is not, a message dialog will inform you of this and offer to automatically switch the database into

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 124 of 199

Page 125: Oraasfsa

8. While the job is running you can right-click the job in the Job Controller and select Details to view information on the job. After the data has been restored, you will see a job completion message in the Job Controller and Event Viewer.

Restore and Recover an Entire Database in NOARCHIVELOG Mode to a Point-In-Time

The following procedure describes the steps involved in restoring and recovering an entire database when all data files and control files are lost. This procedure restores and recovers an entire database as follows:

From an offline backup

With the control files (since they no longer exist)

To the latest backup and to the original host

Using the Recovery Catalog

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore and recover an entire database in NOARCHIVELOG mode to a point-in-time:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance that contains the database you want to restore and recover, click All Tasks and then click Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the following options:

Select the name of the client computer with the database you want to restore in the Destination Client box (if it is not already selected).

Select the Restore Control File option.

Select the Restore Data and Recover options.

Select the entire database in The Latest Database View pane (if it is not already selected).

Verify that the Status of the database is displayed as STARTED; if necessary click on the Refresh button to refresh the status.

3. Click the Advanced button and verify the following options are selected in the identified tab for the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box:

Restore Control File - To Point in Time in Ctrl & SP Files

the valid mode. When this happens, either click Yes on the message dialog to have the system automatically switch the database to the valid mode and continue the restore, or click No to manually switch the database to the valid mode before proceeding.

If you restore the control file, then you have to perform a full database backup. This is because restoring the control file will destroy all previous backups.

When you are restoring data from a database in NOARCHIVELOG mode, you must always restore and recover the entire database.

It is critical that the Recover option is selected, as Recover applies any incremental backups that are needed to bring the database back to a consistent state.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 125 of 199

Page 126: Oraasfsa

Restore Data in Restore

Recover - Point In Time in Recover

4. Click OK in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options window.

5. When restoring encrypted data, refer to Data Encryption.

6. Optionally for Oracle RAC, from the Oracle Restore Options (Stream) dialog box, set the instance restore order per stream allotment.

7. Begin or schedule the restore.

8. View the progress of the restore in the Job Controller window.

9. The job will report the restore as failed. This is because no archive redo log files exist. RMAN will report the following message, in reference to this error:

RMAN-00569: =========error message stack follows============ RMAN-03002: failure during compilation of command RMAN-03013: command type: recover RMAN-06038: recovery catalog package detected an error RMAN-03013: command type: recover(4) RMAN-20242: specification does not match any archivelog in the recovery catalog

Manually recover and open the database using the following steps.

10. Make sure that ORACLE_SID is set to the database you are restoring and that ORACLE_HOME is set appropriately. Note the following example: #export ORACLE_SID= <target database SID> #export ORACLE_HOME= <Oracle home directory>

11. From the Server Manager window, execute the command displayed in the following example: SVRMGR>recover database using backup control file until cancel;

Server Manager displays several messages, including the following: Specify log: {<RET>=suggested | filename | AUTO | CANCEL}

12. Type cancel

The Control file must be restored to a point in time that is later than or equal to time set for the Restore Data option in the Restore tab.

The Restore Data option must be earlier than or equal to the point in time that you specified for the Restore Control File option in the Ctrl & SP Files tab.

The point in time for the recover option must be later than or equal to the point in time specified for the Restore Control File in the Ctrl & SP Files tab.

If you recover the database to a previous point in time and restore the control file, then you have to perform a full database backup. This is because a previous point in time recovery and restoring the control file will destroy all previous backups.

Before the restore job is run, the system will check whether the database is in the correct mode for this type of restore. If it is not, a message dialog will inform you of this and offer to automatically switch the database into the valid mode. When this happens, either click Yes on the message dialog to have the system automatically switch the database to the valid mode and continue the restore, or click No to manually switch the database to the valid mode before proceeding.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 126 of 199

Page 127: Oraasfsa

The following message is displayed: Media recovery cancelled.

13. Execute the commands displayed in the following example: SVRMGR>alter database open resetlogs; SVRMGR>exit

14. Reset the Recovery Catalog by executing the commands displayed in the following example: rman rcvcat <catalog connect string> Recovery Manager: Release 8.1.5.00 - Production RMAN-06008: connected to recovery catalog database RMAN>connect target; RMAN-06005: connected to target database: <database_name> DBID=<##>) RMAN> reset database; RMAN-03022: compiling command: reset RMAN-03023: executing command: reset RMAN-08006: database registered in recovery catalog RMAN-03023: executing command: full resync RMAN-08002: starting full resync of recovery catalog RMAN-08004: full resync complete RMAN>exit

Resetting the Recovery Catalog creates a new incarnation of the database. Before you can restore and recover the database to the current time, you must perform another full backup and wait for it to complete successfully.

15. Perform an immediate offline full backup.

Restore and Recover One Control File from an Existing Control File

The following procedure describes the steps involved in restoring one lost control file from other control files that exist.

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore and recover one control file from an existing control file:

1. Shutdown the database.

2. Copy one of the existing control files to the missing control file.

3. Verify that new control file has the same owner, group, and file permissions as the original control file.

4. Startup the database.

Restore and Recover All Control Files

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

If all control files have been lost and datafiles have been lost, restore and recover the control files using the Restore and Recover an Entire Database in ARCHIVELOG Mode to the Current time procedure.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 127 of 199

Page 128: Oraasfsa

To restore and recover all control files:

1. Create a new control file using the Oracle create control file command.

For instructions, refer to your Oracle documentation.

2. Recover the database.

NOTES

After you restore the control file successfully, perform a full database backup. This is because restoring the control file will destroy all previous backups.

Restore Archive Log Files

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Make sure that the DBID value for the particular database is displayed in the Instance properties dialog box. If you have not yet created an instance for the database, refer to Create/Modify an Instance for more information.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore archive log files using the CommCell Console:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance, select All Tasks then click Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) tab, select Restore Archive Log. You can also select Restore Data and Recover options if required.

3. Click Advanced.

4. From the Advanced Restore Options (Restore) tab, select Restore Archive Logs.

5. Select any of the following criteria to restore the archive log files:

Select By Log Time to restore archive log with start time (mm/dd/yy:hh/mm/ss) and End time (mm/dd/yy:hh/mm/ss).

Select By Log Serial Number (LSN) to restore archive logs based on the specified Log Sequence Numbers (LSNs) that you specify. Specify the Start number (enter log sequence number) and End number (enter log sequence number) to restore archive logs.

6. If you want to save the archive logs in a different location, enter the path in Target Directory field or click Browse to select a new location.

7. Click OK to save the settings.

Restore Control Files from Autobackup

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore.

Autobackup is only available in Oracle 9i and 10g. If you have not yet configured autobackup of control files, refer to Configuring Autobackup of Control Files for more information.

Make sure that the DBID value for the particular database is displayed in the Instance properties dialog box. If you have not yet created an instance for the database, refer to Create/Modify an Instance for more information.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 128 of 199

Page 129: Oraasfsa

To restore control files from autobackup using the CommCell Console:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance, select All Tasks then click Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) tab, click Advanced.

3. Click the Control and SP Files tab of the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box, then select the options for Restore Control File and From Autobackup.

4. Click the Options tab in the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box, and select Set DBID. This option will distinguish the target database from the rest of the databases that have the same name in the recovery catalog.

5. Enter or select any other desired options on this tab, then click OK to save the settings.

6. Begin or schedule the restore.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore control files from autobackup using RMAN:

1. Start up the target instance in NOMOUNT mode.

2. Start RMAN, but do not issue any connect statements.

3. At the RMAN prompt, set the dbid (if you do not know the dbid, you can get it from the RMAN log of the control file autobackup):

RMAN> set dbid=<your_DBID>;

4. After setting the dbid, connect to the target instance that has been started in NOMOUNT mode:

RMAN> connect target;

5. Enter the following commands/parameters from the RMAN prompt:

RMAN> run { 2> allocate channel ch1 type 'sbt_tape'; 3> restore controlfile from autobackup; 4> }

6. Mount the database from the restored control file:

RMAN> alter database mount;

7. Restore and recover the database:

RMAN> run { 2> allocate channel ch1 type 'sbt_tape'; 3> restore database; 4> recover database; 5> alter database open resetlogs; 6> }

RMAN> exit

Validate a Backup or Restore

Related Topics

Oracle iDataAgent: Ensuring Successful Oracle Data Protection and Recovery Operations

Oracle RAC iDataAgent: Ensuring Successful Oracle Data Protection and Recovery Operations

See Also:

Backup - Oracle or Oracle RAC - Troubleshoot

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 129 of 199

Page 130: Oraasfsa

Restore Data - Oracle or Oracle RAC - Troubleshoot

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To validate a backup:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient containing the backup data you want to validate, then click Properties.

2. Click the Backup Arguments tab, then select Validate and click OK.

3. Start a Backup for the subclient. A Validate job will run, which will cause RMAN to examine the database and scan all of the backup pieces to verify that the backup can be successfully restored.

4. Once the Validate job completes you can view the log file for the job to determine whether there were any errors in the validation. To view the log file:

From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient, click View and then click Backup History.

Click OK on the History Filter dialog.

On the Job History window, right-click the Validate job, then select View Log File. The RMAN Output Log will display for the job.

If you determine that there are any errors in the validation, take the appropriate corrective action before running the actual backup.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To validate a restore:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance whose restore you want to validate, select All Tasks, then click Restore.

2. From the Restore Options dialog, click Advanced.

3. Click the Options tab, then select Validate and click OK.

NOTE: For the Oracle iDataAgent, keep in mind that the Options tab is unavailable when the Duplicate DB option is selected on the Restore Options (General) tab.

4. Start a Basic Restore for the Instance. A Validate job will run, which will cause RMAN to decide which database pieces need to be restored and then scans them to verify their contents, but no output will be created and no data will be over-written.

5. Once the Validate job completes you can view the log file for the job to determine whether there were any errors in the validation. To view the log file:

From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance, click View and then click Restore History.

Click OK on the History Filter dialog.

On the Job History window, right-click the Validate job, then select View Log File. The RMAN Output Log will display for the job.

If you determine that there are any errors in the validation, take the appropriate corrective action before running the actual restore.

Create a Duplicate Database on a Different Host without the Instance Configured

The following procedure describes the steps involved in creating a duplicate database on a different host without the instance configured.

Before You Begin:

Review information on the Duplicate Database feature before beginning this procedure.

Perform the Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 130 of 199

Page 131: Oraasfsa

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a duplicate database on a different host without the instance configured:

1. From the CommCell Console, right-click the source host instance then select All Tasks -> Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Duplicate DB checkbox and click Advanced.

3. From the Duplicate tab in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, select the Duplicate To checkbox and enter the name for the duplicate database in the Database Name field. Click OK.

4. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Destination Client from the list (when the instance is not configured, the destination client must be the source host) then enter the Catalog Connect string and click Advanced.

5. From the Duplicate tab in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, configure the following fields:

Pfile - For Oracle 10g and 9i, type in or Browse to the location of the Startup Pfile.

Open Restricted - For Oracle 10g, you can select this option if you want to open the database in restricted mode.

Log File - Select this option, then specify Group or File and click the appropriate Add button to enter specifications for the redo log group/file.

6. From the Recover tab in the Advanced Restore Options dialog box, select the appropriate recover option.

7. Select any other desired options, then click Redirect in the Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

8. From the Redirect tab, choose one of the following then click OK:

To redirect all tablespaces to the same location, select the Redirect All Table Spaces to: checkbox then type in or Browse to the new path.

To redirect tablespaces/datafiles to different locations, select the Redirect checkbox then click the desired objects in the Object column to highlight them, and either type in or Browse to the new path. Click Apply. Repeat this process until all tablespaces/datafiles have been redirected.

9. From the Duplicate DB Options tab in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, configure the following options as desired:

Time Zone - Select a time zone for a point-in-time recovery.

No Filename Check - Select this option to prevent RMAN from performing a check for target datafiles sharing the same names as the duplicated files to see if they are in use. This option is required when you are using the same path (i.e., the standby and primary datafiles and logs have identical filenames).

10. Click OK on the Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

11. Begin or schedule the restore. Once the job begins, if you see a pop-up message about the database state, ensure that the duplicate database is in NOMOUNT mode then click Yes to continue.

12. Verify that the restore completed successfully and that the database is restored to the destination host. If you selected the Recover option verify that the database is consistent.

Create a Duplicate Database on a Different Host with the Instance

To redirect the database temp file, use the DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT parameter in the initial file for the new database instance. Similarly, to redirect the log files, you can either use the LOG_FILE_NAME_CONVERT parameter in the initial file or use the Log File option in the Advanced Restore Options (Duplicate) dialog box. For more information on setting the parameters in the initial file, see Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 131 of 199

Page 132: Oraasfsa

Configured

The following procedure describes the steps involved in creating a duplicate database on a different host with the instance configured.

Before You Begin:

Review information on the Duplicate Database feature before beginning this procedure.

Perform the Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a duplicate database on a different host with the instance configured:

1. From the CommCell Console, right-click the source host instance then select All Tasks -> Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Duplicate DB checkbox and click Advanced.

3. From the Duplicate tab in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, select the Duplicate To checkbox and enter the name for the duplicate database in the Database Name field. Click OK.

4. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Destination Client from the list then enter the Catalog Connect string and click Advanced.

5. From the Duplicate tab in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, configure the following fields:

Pfile - For Oracle 10g and 9i, type in or Browse to the location of the Startup Pfile.

Open Restricted - For Oracle 10g, you can select this option if you want to open the database in restricted mode.

Log File - Select this option, then specify Group or File and click the appropriate Add button to enter specifications for the redo log group/file.

6. From the Recover tab in the Advanced Restore Options dialog box, select the appropriate recover option.

7. Select any other desired options, then click Redirect in the Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

8. From the Redirect tab, choose one of the following then click OK:

To redirect all tablespaces to the same location, select the Redirect All Table Spaces to: checkbox then type in or Browse to the new path.

To redirect tablespaces/datafiles to different locations, select the Redirect checkbox then click the desired objects in the Object column to highlight them, and either type in or Browse to the new path. Click Apply. Repeat this process until all tablespaces/datafiles have been redirected.

9. From the Duplicate DB Options tab in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, configure the following options as desired:

Time Zone - Select a time zone for a point-in-time recovery.

No Filename Check - Select this option to prevent RMAN from performing a check for target datafiles sharing the same names as the duplicated files to see if they are in use. This option is required when you are using the same path (i.e., the standby and primary datafiles and logs have identical filenames).

10. Click OK on the Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

11. Begin or schedule the restore. Once the job begins, if you see a pop-up message about the database

To redirect the database temp file, use the DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT parameter in the initial file for the new database instance. Similarly, to redirect the log files, you can either use the LOG_FILE_NAME_CONVERT parameter in the initial file or use the Log File option in the Advanced Restore Options (Duplicate) dialog box. For more information on setting the parameters in the initial file, see Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 132 of 199

Page 133: Oraasfsa

state, ensure that the duplicate database is in NOMOUNT mode then click Yes to continue.

12. Verify that the restore completed successfully and that the database is restored to the destination host. If you selected the Recover option verify that the database is consistent.

Create a Duplicate Database on the Same Host without the Instance Configured

The following procedure describes the steps involved in creating a duplicate database on the same host without the instance configured.

Before You Begin:

Review information on the Duplicate Database feature before beginning this procedure.

Perform the Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a duplicate database on the same host without the instance configured:

1. From the CommCell Console, right-click the source host instance then select All Tasks -> Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Duplicate DB checkbox then enter the Catalog Connect string and click Advanced.

3. From the Duplicate tab in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, configure the following fields:

Duplicate To - Select this option then enter the name for the duplicate database in the Database Name field.

Pfile - For Oracle 10g and 9i, type in or Browse to the location of the Startup Pfile.

Open Restricted - For Oracle 10g, you can select this option if you want to open the database in restricted mode.

Log File - Select this option, then specify Group or File and click the appropriate Add button to enter specifications for the redo log group/file.

4. From the Recover tab in the Advanced Restore Options dialog box, select the appropriate recover option.

5. Select any other desired options, then click Redirect in the Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

6. From the Redirect tab, choose one of the following then click OK:

To redirect all tablespaces to the same location, select the Redirect All Table Spaces to: checkbox then type in or Browse to the new path.

To redirect tablespaces/datafiles to different locations, select the Redirect checkbox then click the desired objects in the Object column to highlight them, and either type in or Browse to the new path. Click Apply. Repeat this process until all tablespaces/datafiles have been redirected.

7. From the Duplicate DB Options tab in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, configure the following options as desired:

Time Zone - Select a time zone for a point-in-time recovery.

No Filename Check - Select this option to prevent RMAN from performing a check for target datafiles sharing the same names as the duplicated files to see if they are in use. This option is required when you are using the same path (i.e., the standby and primary datafiles and logs have

To redirect the database temp file, use the DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT parameter in the initial file for the new database instance. Similarly, to redirect the log files, you can either use the LOG_FILE_NAME_CONVERT parameter in the initial file or use the Log File option in the Advanced Restore Options (Duplicate) dialog box. For more information on setting the parameters in the initial file, see Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 133 of 199

Page 134: Oraasfsa

identical filenames).

8. Click OK on the Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

9. Begin or schedule the restore. Once the job begins, if you see a pop-up message about the database state, ensure that the duplicate database is in NOMOUNT mode then click Yes to continue.

10. Verify that the restore completed successfully and that the database is restored to the destination host. If you selected the Recover option verify that the database is consistent.

Create a Duplicate Database on the Same Host with the Instance Configured

The following procedure describes the steps involved in creating a duplicate database on the same host with the instance configured.

Review information on the Duplicate Database feature before beginning this procedure.

Perform the Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a duplicate database on the same host with the instance configured:

1. From the CommCell Console, right-click the source host instance then select All Tasks -> Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Duplicate DB checkbox then enter the Catalog Connect string and click Advanced.

3. From the Duplicate tab in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, configure the following fields:

Duplicate To - Select this option then enter the name for the duplicate database in the Database Name field.

Pfile - For Oracle 10g and 9i, type in or Browse to the location of the Startup Pfile.

Open Restricted - For Oracle 10g, you can select this option if you want to open the database in restricted mode.

Log File - Select this option, then specify Group or File and click the appropriate Add button to enter specifications for the redo log group/file.

4. From the Recover tab in the Advanced Restore Options dialog box, select the appropriate recover option.

5. Select any other desired options, then click Redirect in the Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

6. From the Redirect tab, choose one of the following then click OK:

To redirect all tablespaces to the same location, select the Redirect All Table Spaces to: checkbox then type in or Browse to the new path.

To redirect tablespaces/datafiles to different locations, select the Redirect checkbox then click the desired objects in the Object column to highlight them, and either type in or Browse to the new path. Click Apply. Repeat this process until all tablespaces/datafiles have been redirected.

7. From the Duplicate DB Options tab in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, configure the following options as desired:

Time Zone - Select a time zone for a point-in-time recovery.

To redirect the database temp file, use the DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT parameter in the initial file for the new database instance. Similarly, to redirect the log files, you can either use the LOG_FILE_NAME_CONVERT parameter in the initial file or use the Log File option in the Advanced Restore Options (Duplicate) dialog box. For more information on setting the parameters in the initial file, see Prerequisite Setup Steps for Creating a Duplicate Database.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 134 of 199

Page 135: Oraasfsa

No Filename Check - Select this option to prevent RMAN from performing a check for target datafiles sharing the same names as the duplicated files to see if they are in use. This option is required when you are using the same path (i.e., the standby and primary datafiles and logs have identical filenames).

8. Click OK on the Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

9. Begin or schedule the restore. Once the job begins, if you see a pop-up message about the database state, ensure that the duplicate database is in NOMOUNT mode then click Yes to continue.

10. Verify that the restore completed successfully and that the database is restored to the destination host. If you selected the Recover option verify that the database is consistent.

Preview a Script

Related Topics

Ensuring Successful Oracle Data Protection and Recovery Operations

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To preview a backup script:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient containing the data whose backup script you want to preview, then click Backup.

2. From the Backup Options dialog, click Script Preview.

3. To change the script, click OK to close the preview window, then enter the desired changes on the Backup Options and Advanced Backup Options dialogs, and click Script Preview again to see if the script now reflects the configuration you want. Repeat this if necessary to achieve the desired result.

4. Once you are satisfied with the script, perform one of the following actions:

To have the system run the script in RMAN, click OK to close the preview windows, then click OK on the Backup Options dialog to save the current settings. This script will be executed the next time that a backup is run for this subclient.

To run the script yourself in RMAN, you can copy and paste the script from the preview window into a text file for that purpose (or select the Save as Script option on the Backup Options dialog). Click OK to close the preview window. Click OK to save the subclient configuration changes.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To preview a restore script:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance containing the data whose restore script you want to preview, select All Tasks, then click Restore (or click Browse Backup Data).

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog, click Script Preview.

3. To change the script, click OK to close the preview window, then enter the desired changes on the Restore Options and Advanced Restore Options dialogs, and click Script Preview again to see if the script now reflects the restore settings you want. Repeat this if necessary to achieve the desired result.

4. Once you are satisfied with the script, perform one of the following actions:

To have the system run the script in RMAN, click OK to close the preview window, then click OK on the Restore Options dialog to save the current settings. This script will be executed the next time that a restore is run for this instance.

To run the script yourself in RMAN, you can copy and paste the script from the preview window into a text file for that purpose (or select the Save as Script option on the Restore Options (Job Initiation) tab). Click OK to close the preview window. Click OK to save the restore

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 135 of 199

Page 136: Oraasfsa

settings.

NOTES:

Copying the script from the preview window can be accomplished by pressing <CTRL><C> from the CommCell Console.

Create a Standby Database on a Different Host without the Instance Configured

The following procedure describes the steps involved in creating a standby database on a different host without the instance configured.

Before You Begin

Review the general restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data, and the agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Data - Oracle prior to performing any restore.

Review information on the Duplicate Database feature before beginning this procedure.

Prerequisite Setup Steps:

From the RMAN command line, run an online full backup with CURRENT CONTROLFILE FOR STANDBY of the primary database on the source host. This backup will be used to create the standby database and standby control file.

Standby Database Preparation (We strongly recommend that you consult the Oracle9i or Oracle10g Data Guard Concepts and Administration guide for more detailed information on this process):

Create the standby control file from the backup of the primary control file.

Choose filenames for the standby datafiles.

Choose filenames for the standby database online redo logs.

Set the necessary initialization parameters in the primary initialization parameter file (i.e., Startup PFile).

Create an initialization parameter file for the standby database and configure the necessary parameters. Ensure that the Startup Pfile init<SID>.ora is copied from the destination host to the target host with the same path as it is in the target host.

Perform any Oracle Net setup and configuration required to connect to the standby database. For example, set up the listener and configure the destination computer's $TNS_ADMIN/tnsnames.ora file for the standby database.

Start the standby database in NOMOUNT mode.

You must create a new instance on the same host before performing this procedure. The new instance should be in NOMOUNT mode. There should be a valid connect string for the auxiliary channel (used to duplicate the database). The system assumes and uses sys/change_on_install for the auxiliary channel. However, you must use this connect string to connect to the auxiliary database when the instance is not configured. Once the instance is configured, ensure that you set the same password for the SYS user account for every primary and standby databases, for the redo data transmission to succeed.

Do not create a new instance for the destination host in the CommCell Console.

Ensure that the Oracle iDataAgent is installed on the Destination host.

For Oracle 10g, ensure that you set the Standby Role Initialization parameter, DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT,to add all the temp data files from the primary database location to the standby database location, as follows:

DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT='<primary_database_temp_datafile_old _location>','<standby_database_temp_datafile_new_location>'

If this parameter is not set, restore will fail with the following error message:

temporary file TEMP01.DBF conflicts with file used by target

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 136 of 199

Page 137: Oraasfsa

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a standby database on a different host without the instance configured:

1. From the CommCell Console, right-click the source host instance then select All Tasks -> Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Duplicate DB checkbox and enter the Catalog Connect string, then click Advanced.

3. Click the Duplicate DB Options tab, select the Duplicate For Standby option then enter the Oracle System Identifier for the standby database in the Oracle SID field. Optionally, you may configure any of the following options as desired:

Time Zone - Select a time zone for a point-in-time recovery.

No Filename Check - Select this option to prevent RMAN from performing a check for target datafiles sharing the same names as the duplicated files to see if they are in use. This option is required when you are using the same path (i.e., the standby and primary datafiles and logs have identical filenames).

Do Recover - Select this option to recover the standby database after it has been created.

4. Click the Recover tab, then select the appropriate recover option.

5. Click the Redirect tab, then choose one of the following and click OK:

To redirect all tablespaces to the same location, select the Redirect All Table Spaces to: checkbox then type in or Browse to the new path.

To redirect tablespaces/datafiles to different locations, select the Redirect checkbox then click the desired objects in the Object column to highlight them, and either type in or Browse to the new path. Click Apply. Repeat this process until all tablespaces/datafiles have been redirected.

6. Select any other applicable options in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, then click OK.

7. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Destination Client from the list (when the instance is not configured, the destination client must be the source host).

8. Begin or schedule the restore. Once the job begins, if you see a pop-up message about the database state, ensure that the standby database is in NOMOUNT mode then click Yes to continue.

9. Verify that the restore completed successfully and that the database is restored to the destination host. If you selected the Recover option verify that the database is consistent.

Create a Standby Database on a Different Host with the Instance Configured

The following procedure describes the steps involved in creating a standby database on a different host with the instance configured.

Before You Begin

Review the general restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data, and the agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Data - Oracle prior to performing any restore.

Review information on the Duplicate Database feature before beginning this procedure.

Prerequisite Setup Steps:

From the RMAN command line, run an online full backup with CURRENT CONTROLFILE FOR STANDBY of the primary database on the source host. This backup will be used to create the standby database and standby control file.

Standby Database Preparation (We strongly recommend that you consult the Oracle9i or Oracle10g Data Guard Concepts and Administration guide for more detailed information on this process):

Create the standby control file from the backup of the primary control file.

database

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 137 of 199

Page 138: Oraasfsa

Choose filenames for the standby datafiles.

Choose filenames for the standby database online redo logs.

Set the necessary initialization parameters in the primary initialization parameter file (i.e., Startup PFile).

Create an initialization parameter file for the standby database and configure the necessary parameters. Ensure that the Startup Pfile init<SID>.ora is copied from the destination host to the target host with the same path as it is in the target host.

Perform any Oracle Net setup and configuration required to connect to the standby database. For example, set up the listener and configure the destination computer's $TNS_ADMIN/tnsnames.ora file for the standby database.

Start the standby database in NOMOUNT mode.

You must create a new instance on the same host before performing this procedure. The new instance should be in NOMOUNT mode. There should be a valid connect string for the auxiliary channel (used to duplicate the database). The system assumes and uses sys/change_on_install for the auxiliary channel. However, you must use this connect string to connect to the auxiliary database when the instance is not configured. Once the instance is configured, ensure that you set the same password for the SYS user account for every primary and standby databases, for the redo data transmission to succeed.

Configure the Oracle instance in the CommCell Console.

Ensure that the instances are saved properly in the CommCell Console, then open the instance properties and verify that the Oracle instance status of the standby database is NOMOUNT.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a standby database on a different host with the instance configured:

1. From the CommCell Console, right-click the source host instance then select All Tasks -> Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Duplicate DB checkbox and enter the Catalog Connect string, then click Advanced.

3. Click the Duplicate DB Options tab, select the Duplicate For Standby option then enter the Oracle System Identifier for the standby database in the Oracle SID field. Optionally, you may configure any of the following options as desired:

Time Zone - Select a time zone for a point-in-time recovery.

No Filename Check - Select this option to prevent RMAN from performing a check for target datafiles sharing the same names as the duplicated files to see if they are in use. This option is required when you are using the same path (i.e., the standby and primary datafiles and logs have identical filenames).

Do Recover - Select this option to recover the standby database after it has been created.

4. Click the Recover tab, then select the appropriate recover option.

5. Click the Redirect tab, then choose one of the following and click OK:

To redirect all tablespaces to the same location, select the Redirect All Table Spaces to: checkbox then type in or Browse to the new path.

For Oracle 10g, ensure that you set the Standby Role Initialization parameter, DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT,to add all the temp data files from the primary database location to the standby database location, as follows:

DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT='<primary_database_temp_datafile_old _location>','<standby_database_temp_datafile_new_location>'

If this parameter is not set, restore will fail with the following error message:

temporary file TEMP01.DBF conflicts with file used by target database

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 138 of 199

Page 139: Oraasfsa

To redirect tablespaces/datafiles to different locations, select the Redirect checkbox then click the desired objects in the Object column to highlight them, and either type in or Browse to the new path. Click Apply. Repeat this process until all tablespaces/datafiles have been redirected.

6. Select any other applicable options in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, then click OK.

7. Begin or schedule the restore. Once the job begins, if you see a pop-up message about the database state, ensure that the standby database is in NOMOUNT mode then click Yes to continue.

8. Verify that the restore completed successfully and that the database is restored to the destination host. If you selected the Recover option verify that the database is consistent.

Create a Standby Database on the Same Host without the Instance Configured

The following procedure describes the steps involved in creating a standby database on the same host without the instance configured.

Before You Begin

Review the general restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data, and the agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Data - Oracle prior to performing any restore.

Review information on the Duplicate Database feature before beginning this procedure.

Prerequisite Setup Steps:

From the RMAN command line, run an online full backup with CURRENT CONTROLFILE FOR STANDBY of the primary database on the source host. This backup will be used to create the standby database and standby control file.

Standby Database Preparation (We strongly recommend that you consult the Oracle9i or Oracle10g Data Guard Concepts and Administration guide for more detailed information on this process):

Create the standby control file from the backup of the primary control file.

Choose filenames for the standby datafiles.

Choose filenames for the standby database online redo logs.

Set the necessary initialization parameters in the primary initialization parameter file (i.e., Startup PFile).

Create an initialization parameter file for the standby database and configure the necessary parameters.

Perform any Oracle Net setup and configuration required to connect to the standby database. For example, set up the listener and configure the destination computer's $TNS_ADMIN/tnsnames.ora file for the standby database.

Start the standby database in NOMOUNT mode.

You must create a new instance on the same host before performing this procedure. The new instance should be in NOMOUNT mode. There should be a valid connect string for the auxiliary channel (used to duplicate the database). The system assumes and uses sys/change_on_install for the auxiliary channel. However, you must use this connect string to connect to the auxiliary database when the instance is not configured. Once the instance is configured, ensure that you set the same password for the SYS user account for every primary and standby databases, for the redo data transmission to succeed.

Do not create a new instance for the destination host in the CommCell Console.

For Oracle 10g, ensure that you set the Standby Role Initialization parameter, DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT,to add all the temp data files from the primary database location to the standby database location, as follows:

DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT='<primary_database_temp_datafile_old _location>','<standby_database_temp_datafile_new_location>'

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 139 of 199

Page 140: Oraasfsa

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a standby database on the same host without the instance configured:

1. From the CommCell Console, right-click the source host instance then select All Tasks -> Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Duplicate DB checkbox and enter the Catalog Connect string, then click Advanced.

3. Click the Duplicate DB Options tab, select the Duplicate For Standby option then enter the Oracle System Identifier for the standby database in the Oracle SID field. Optionally, you may configure any of the following options as desired:

Time Zone - Select a time zone for a point-in-time recovery.

No Filename Check - Select this option to prevent RMAN from performing a check for target datafiles sharing the same names as the duplicated files to see if they are in use. This option is required when you are using the same path (i.e., the standby and primary datafiles and logs have identical filenames).

Do Recover - Select this option to recover the standby database after it has been created.

4. Click the Recover tab, then select the appropriate recover option.

5. Click the Redirect tab, then choose one of the following and click OK:

To redirect all tablespaces to the same location, select the Redirect All Table Spaces to: checkbox then type in or Browse to the new path.

To redirect tablespaces/datafiles to different locations, select the Redirect checkbox then click the desired objects in the Object column to highlight them, and either type in or Browse to the new path. Click Apply. Repeat this process until all tablespaces/datafiles have been redirected.

6. Select any other applicable options in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, then click OK.

7. Begin or schedule the restore. Once the job begins, if you see a pop-up message about the database state, ensure that the standby database is in NOMOUNT mode then click Yes to continue.

8. Verify that the restore completed successfully and that the database is restored to the destination host. If you selected the Recover option verify that the database is consistent.

Create a Standby Database on the Same Host with the Instance Configured

The following procedure describes the steps involved in creating a standby database on the same host with the instance configured.

Before You Begin

Review the general restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data, and the agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Data - Oracle prior to performing any restore.

Review information on the Duplicate Database feature before beginning this procedure.

Prerequisite Setup Steps:

From the RMAN command line, run an online full backup with CURRENT CONTROLFILE FOR STANDBY of the primary database on the source host. This backup will be used to create the standby database and standby control file.

Standby Database Preparation (We strongly recommend that you consult the Oracle9i or Oracle10g Data Guard Concepts and Administration guide for more detailed information on this process):

If this parameter is not set, restore will fail with the following error message:

temporary file TEMP01.DBF conflicts with file used by target database

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 140 of 199

Page 141: Oraasfsa

Create the standby control file from the backup of the primary control file.

Choose filenames for the standby datafiles.

Choose filenames for the standby database online redo logs.

Set the necessary initialization parameters in the primary initialization parameter file (i.e., Startup PFile).

Create an initialization parameter file for the standby database and configure the necessary parameters.

Perform any Oracle Net setup and configuration required to connect to the standby database. For example, set up the listener and configure the destination computer's $TNS_ADMIN/tnsnames.ora file for the standby database.

Start the standby database in NOMOUNT mode.

You must create a new instance on the same host before performing this procedure. The new instance should be in NOMOUNT mode. There should be a valid connect string for the auxiliary channel (used to duplicate the database). The system assumes and uses sys/change_on_install for the auxiliary channel. However, you must use this connect string to connect to the auxiliary database when the instance is not configured. Once the instance is configured, ensure that you set the same password for the SYS user account for every primary and standby databases, for the redo data transmission to succeed.

Configure the Oracle instance in the CommCell Console.

Ensure that the instances are saved properly in the CommCell Console, then open the instance properties and verify that the Oracle instance status of the standby database is NOMOUNT.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a standby database on the same host with the instance configured:

1. From the CommCell Console, right-click the source host instance then select All Tasks -> Restore.

2. From the Oracle Restore Options (General) dialog box, select the Duplicate DB checkbox and enter the Catalog Connect string, then click Advanced.

3. Click the Duplicate DB Options tab, select the Duplicate For Standby option then enter the Oracle System Identifier for the standby database in the Oracle SID field. Optionally, you may configure any of the following options as desired:

Time Zone - Select a time zone for a point-in-time recovery.

No Filename Check - Select this option to prevent RMAN from performing a check for target datafiles sharing the same names as the duplicated files to see if they are in use. This option is required when you are using the same path (i.e., the standby and primary datafiles and logs have identical filenames).

Do Recover - Select this option to recover the standby database after it has been created.

4. Click the Recover tab, then select the appropriate recover option.

5. Click the Redirect tab, then choose one of the following and click OK:

To redirect all tablespaces to the same location, select the Redirect All Table Spaces to: checkbox then type in or Browse to the new path.

For Oracle 10g, ensure that you set the Standby Role Initialization parameter, DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT,to add all the temp data files from the primary database location to the standby database location, as follows:

DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT='<primary_database_temp_datafile_old _location>','<standby_database_temp_datafile_new_location>'

If this parameter is not set, restore will fail with the following error message:

temporary file TEMP01.DBF conflicts with file used by target database

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 141 of 199

Page 142: Oraasfsa

To redirect tablespaces/datafiles to different locations, select the Redirect checkbox then click the desired objects in the Object column to highlight them, and either type in or Browse to the new path. Click Apply. Repeat this process until all tablespaces/datafiles have been redirected.

6. Select any other applicable options in the Oracle Duplicate Options dialog box, then click OK.

7. Begin or schedule the restore. Once the job begins, if you see a pop-up message about the database state, ensure that the standby database is in NOMOUNT mode then click Yes to continue.

8. Verify that the restore completed successfully and that the database is restored to the destination host. If you selected the Recover option verify that the database is consistent.

Back to Top

Basic Restore Topics | How To | Related Topics

Overview

Time Range Options

Overview

There are two functions that help you retrieve backed up data from the backup media: Browse and Restore. Browse operations allow you to view the data that has been backed up for a client computer without actually restoring the data. Restore operations retrieve the data from the backup media and restore it to the desired location.

In the CommCell Browser, the Browse and various Restore commands appear in the right-click menus at the agent, instance and/or backup set levels, depending on agent.

Using the Restore commands, i.e., restoring without browsing, is most appropriate when you want to restore the latest backup job for an agent, instance or backup set and want to retain the current file structure.

In certain situations and for supported agents, Restore operations can run without utilizing the Browse feature. For example, if you know the path/name of the volume of the data that you want to restore, you can restore it without browsing. In these agents, this procedure is most appropriate when the number of paths for the data that you want to restore is small or when the data that you want to restore is at a single volume. If you want to restore data from many different paths or volumes, you should probably select the data from the Browse window.

Time Range Options

In a Basic Restore, point-in-time data can be restored by specifying time range options in the Advanced Restore Options (Time Range) dialog box. See Time Range Options for Basic Restore for step-by-step instructions. When a time range is specified for a Basic Restore, the latest version of the backup job within the given time range will be restored.

Basic Restore - How To Topics | How To | Related Topics

Basic Restore

Advanced Restore Options

Time Range Options for Basic Restore

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 142 of 199

Page 143: Oraasfsa

Basic Restore

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore operation.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To restore data without using browse:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the agent, instance or backup set that contains the data you want to restore, click All Tasks and then click the available Restore command (command names vary by agent).

2. In the Restore dialog box, type the starting path of the data you want to restore.

3. From the Restore Options and Advanced Restore Options dialog boxes, select the restore options that you want to use. When you accept all the default settings, you will be restoring the selected data to its original location. See Restore Backup Data for complete information on the agent-specific restore options.

4. After completing your selections, you can either start an immediate restore or schedule the restore.

If you want to schedule the job, click the Job Initiation tab from the Restore Options dialog box, click Schedule, and enter your selections in the Schedule Details (Schedule Details) dialog box. Clicking OK from this dialog box saves your schedule. See Scheduled Data Recovery Operations for an overview of this feature.

If you want to run the job now, accept or click Run Immediately in the same tab and then click OK.

You can monitor the progress of the restore job in the Job Controller. While the job is running, you can right-click the job in the Job Controller and select Detail to view information on the job.

After the data has been restored, you will see a job completion message in the Job Controller and Event Viewer.

Time Range Options for Basic Restore

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore operation.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To provide time range options for basic restore:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the agent, instance or backup set that contains the data you want to restore, click All Tasks and then click the available Restore command (command names vary by agent).

2. In the Restore dialog box, type the starting path of the data you want to restore.

3. From the Restore Options and Advanced Restore Options dialog boxes, select the Time Range tab.

4. In the Advanced Restore Options (Time Range) dialog box select Image Browsing option, if required.

In the Specify Restore Time area select the Time Zone for the time range options. Select the Exclude Data Before option and select the start date and time from which you wish to restore data, and select the Browse Data Before option and select the end date and time until which you wish to restore data.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 143 of 199

Page 144: Oraasfsa

5. Click OK in the Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

6. Click OK in the Restore Options dialog box to execute the restore.

Back To Top

Browse and Restore Topics | How To | Related Topics

Overview

There are two functions that help you retrieve backed up data from the backup media: browse and restore. In the CommCell Browser, the browse and variously-named restore commands appear, depending on agent, in the right-click menus at the agent, instance and/or backup set levels.

Browse operations allow you to view data that has been backed up by the agent on the client computer and select all or some of that data. Depending on the agent, there are several options available to customize your browse. See Browse Data for comprehensive information on Browse operations.

Restore operations allow you to retrieve data from backup media and restore it to the desired location. Restoring without browsing is most appropriate when you want to restore the latest backup job for an agent, instance or backup set and want to retain the current file structure. See Basic Restore for more information on restoring without using browse.

Browse and Restore

The Browse and Restore procedure is a sequential procedure that combines the two procedures. When you select a Browse command from the CommCell Browser, you can define and run one of many potential browse sequences. At the end of the browse, when you are looking at the resulting information presented in the Browse window, you can continue with a restore procedure simply by selecting data and clicking the Recover All Data button. As with the browse, depending on the agent, there are several options available to customize your restore.

Perform a browse and restore operation when you want to:

restore from an earlier backup

restore only select files/objects

restore deleted files/objects

when you don't want or don't need to retain the current file structure

to utilize browse options

Browse and Restore - How To Topics | How To | Related Topics

Browse and Restore

Browse and Restore

Before You Begin:

Review the general and agent-specific restore requirements accessed from Restore Backup Data prior to performing any restore operation.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 144 of 199

Page 145: Oraasfsa

To browse and restore data:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the agent, instance, backup set, or Legal hold set (for Legal Hold data) that contains the data you want to restore, click All Tasks and then click the available Browse command (command names vary by agent).

2. Run a browse operation. See Browse Data for a list of customized browse operations and their step-by-step instructions. If you accept all defaults, you will be browsing the latest backups for the selected data.

3. From the Browse window, Select Objects From the Browse Window for Restore.

4. From the agent's Restore Options and Advanced Restore Options dialog boxes, select the restore options that you want to use. For agents with multiple tabs, do not click OK until you have used all of the desired tabs. When you accept all the default settings, you will be restoring the selected data to its original location. See Restore Backup Data for access to complete information on the agent-specific Restore Destination options and procedures available.

5. When restoring encrypted data, refer to Data Encryption for comprehensive feature information and procedures for using the Encryption tab of the Advanced Restore Options dialog box.

6. After completing your selections, you can either start an immediate restore or schedule the restore.

If you want to schedule the job, click the Job Initiation tab from the Restore Options dialog box, click Schedule, schedule the job, and then click OK.

If you want to run the job now, accept or click Run Immediately in the same tab and then click OK.

While the job is running, you can right-click the job in the Job Controller and select Detail to view information on the job. After the data has been restored, you will see a job completion message in the Job Controller and Event Viewer.

Back To Top

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 145 of 199

Page 146: Oraasfsa

Instances - Oracle Topics | How To | Related Topics

Overview

Configurable Properties

Overview

As Oracle instances reference a database, you must create an Oracle instance for each of the databases that you want to back up.

See Instances for an overview of Instances. Given below is a list of what you need to provide before creating an Oracle instance.

The Oracle User should have DBA and SYSDBA privileges

A name for the instance which should be the same name as the name of the database for which the instance is created

The Windows user account or Unix Oracle User account which will be used to perform all system operations

The path to the Oracle home directory

Storage policy to be used by the default subclient for data

Storage policies to be used by the instance for user command backups and archive log backups

The database connect string

The catalog connect string for the catalog database

The path to the TNS Admin directory (optional)

The block size for backup and restore operations (optional)

The pass-phrase to enable data encryption for RMAN command line backups (optional)

Software compression for Oracle Command Line Backups can be enabled or disabled at the instance level. Software compression for Oracle Archive Logs Backups and data are managed through the subclient level. When you change the compression scheme for Archive Logs you change it for data as well, and vice versa.

You can also disable data compression by turning off both software and hardware compression.

Moving Instances Oracle instances can be moved from one client computer to another within a CommCell. See Moving an Oracle Instance for more information.

Configurable Properties

Once installed, the agent is configured and is therefore able to manage the data or volumes on the client computer. However, you can change certain aspects of the instance configuration to manage the data in the manner that best suits your needs.

You can view or change the instance configuration from the Instance Properties dialog box. The following information can be configured.

Change the Designated Home Directory

For the Oracle, Oracle RAC, and SAP for Oracle iDataAgents, you can change the Oracle Home directory. Similarly, you can change the Informix (Home) directory for the Informix iDataAgent, the Sybase Home directory for the Sybase iDataAgent, the MySQL Home directory for the MySQL iDataAgent, and the Instance Home directory for the DB2 DPF pseudo-client.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 146 of 199

Page 147: Oraasfsa

See Change the Home Directory for step-by-step instructions.

Change Connect Details

For the Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgents along with the Quick Recovery Agent with Oracle, you can view or change various settings of the selected instance (e.g., connect string, TNS Admin, block size for backups and restores, use of the Recovery Catalog database for backups, configure control file for autobackup). Some of these settings are also available for the SAP for Oracle iDataAgent. For Oracle, Oracle RAC and SAP for Oracle, see Change Instance Details for step-by-step instructions. For Quick Recovery Agent with Oracle, see Change Connect Details for step-by-step instructions.

Disabling RMAN Cross Check

For the Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgents, you can disable the synchronization of CommServe database entries with the RMAN catalog during a data aging operation. For more information, see Data Aging.

For step-by- step instructions on disabling the RMAN cross check, see Disable RMAN Cross Check.

Use Encryption for Third-party Command Line Operations

When accessing the Encryption tab from the instance level, you are selecting either Network and/or Media-side encryption for third-party Command Line operations. When accessing this same tab from the subclient level, the settings selected apply only to the selected subclient content for operations run from the CommCell Console. (See Data Encryption for an overview.) See the configuration section for your agent for more information on this feature.

View and Change Instance-level Storage Policies

From the Storage Device tab, you can view or change the storage policy used to back up data via the command line for the selected instance, select a storage policy for backing up logs on the selected instance, or view or select a default storage policy for the selected instance. By defining a storage policy for command line backups, you can view and track the status of those same jobs in the Job Controller. If you redefine (i.e., select a new) storage policy for command line backups at the instance level, the storage policy will apply only to any new command line backup jobs (i.e., those backup jobs that you subsequently start). (See Storage Policies for an overview.) See the configuration section for your agent for more information on this feature.

User Accounts

You can change the Windows or Unix user accounts that are used by the system to access the application and in effect perform all data protection and recovery operations for the iDataAgent.

See Oracle iDataAgent section in User Accounts and Passwords for more information.

The following pertains to Oracle on Windows:

User Security

You can perform the following functions:

Identify the user groups to which this CommCell object is associated.

Associate this object with a user group.

Disassociate this object from a user group.

For more information, see User Administration and Security.

Back to Top

Instances - Oracle - How To

One or more of the agents of this type use one or more accounts that are configured from a non-Properties dialog box. See the appropriate section for your agent(s) in User Accounts and Passwords for more information.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 147 of 199

Page 148: Oraasfsa

Topics | How To | Related Topics

Create/Modify an Instance

Create an On Demand Instance

Delete an Instance

Change the User Account

Select a Storage Policy for Third Party User Commands

Configure Third-party Command Line Operations for Encryption

Change Account for Accessing Databases/Applications (Oracle on Windows)

Change Account for Executing Pre/Post Commands for Data Recovery (Oracle on Windows)

Change Connect Details

Disable RMAN Cross Check

Change Instance Details

Change the Home Directory

Create/Modify an Instance

Before You Begin

For the Oracle, Oracle RAC or SAP for Oracle iDataAgent, if you have custom SQL settings, you must turn off these settings to ensure that the instance browse works correctly and that the instance status is correctly fetched. To do this, create and edit the cvlogin.sql file with the appropriate contents at ORACLE_HOME/sqlplus/admin. For example, run the following command:

edit file $ORACLE_HOME/sqlplus/admin/cvlogin.sql

Then include the following contents in the cvlogin.sql file:

set heading on;

set pause off;

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Required Actions

To create/modify an Instance

1. To create an instance, from the CommCell Browser, locate the correct client computer node, and right-click the agent node for which you want the new instance created, click All Tasks, and then click New Instance from the shortcut menu.

To modify an existing instance, from the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance you want to modify, and then click Properties from the shortcut menu.

2. From the General tab, enter the name (up to 32 characters) for the instance. In addition, provide the required access information for this instance.

For various iDataAgents, you can add/modify an application/database user account. See the appropriate section as follows in User Accounts and Passwords for more information:

DB2 iDataAgent

Informix iDataAgent

Microsoft SQL Server iDataAgent

Oracle iDataAgents (Oracle, Oracle RAC, SAP for Oracle)

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 148 of 199

Page 149: Oraasfsa

Sybase iDataAgent

MySQL iDataAgent

3. If your agent uses the Details tab, enter the required database connect string and other optional parameters.

For the Oracle, Oracle RAC and SAP for Oracle iDataAgents, see the Oracle iDataAgents section in User Accounts and Passwords for more information.

4. From the Storage Device tab, select storage policy copies to be used for, as applicable, data backups, command line data backups and log backups. Within these tabs you can click Data Paths to display the details of the data paths associated with the primary storage policy copy of the selected storage policy.

5. If your agent uses the Software Compression tab, and you want to enable software compression for the selected backups, click the tab and select the option appropriate to your environment.

6. If you want to enable data encryption, from the Encryption tab select encryption settings for third-party or RMAN command line backups.

7. Click OK to save the instance.

8. A message advises you to schedule backups for your new instance. It is recommended you elect to set a schedule now. You can also associate this instance with an All Agent Types schedule policy (which is automatically created by the system, or can be a user defined Data Protection schedule policy). If you have already associated a schedule policy at a previous level (Agent, Client, or Client Computer Group) the schedules defined in the Schedule Policy will be automatically applied to the new instance. See Schedule Policy for more information.

For agents that offer an OK option, click OK to acknowledge the message. This procedure is now complete.

For agents that offer Yes and No options to this message, click No if you don't want to create a backup schedule at this time, and this procedure is complete. If you click Yes, a dialog box prompts you to back up all subclients of this instance.

9. Click Yes. The Backup Options dialog box appears, which allows you to create the necessary schedules.

10. From the Backup Options dialog box, select the type of backup that you want to schedule.

11. If you want to access Advanced Backup Options, click Advanced.

12. After selecting the backup type and any advanced options, click OK. The Schedule Details dialog box appears.

13. From the Schedule Details tab of the Schedule Details dialog box, select the scheduling options that you want to apply, then click OK.

NOTES

A default subclient is created for the Oracle instance, which includes all the objects in the instance. When you are done with this procedure, open the Subclient Properties dialog box for the default subclient and verify that the Resync Catalog option available in the Backup Arguments tab is selected. This would help you to successfully perform a full system restore in the event of destroyed or damaged client.

After creating the instance for DB2, you can now create one or more Backup Sets for this instance.

Create an On Demand Instance

Related Topics

Running an RMAN Script using the Command Line Interface

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 149 of 199

Page 150: Oraasfsa

To create an On Demand Instance:

1. From the CommCell Browser, locate the correct client computer node, right-click the Agent for which you want the On Demand Instance created, click All Tasks and then click New On Demand Instance.

2. The On Demand Instance will display in the CommCell Browser, and its associated default Subclient will appear in the right-hand pane.

3. If you wish to configure security for the On Demand Instance, right-click the On Demand Instance then click Properties. Click the Security tab, enter the desired security settings then click OK.

4. Right-click the default Subclient of the On Demand Instance you just created, then click Properties. You can configure any of the following properties for this subclient:

From the General tab, you can rename the subclient to another name of your choice, instead of using default.

From the Pre/Post Process tab, you can establish processes to be run before or after certain phases of the backup job.

From the Data Transfer Option tab, you can configure software compression, specify the number of network agents, and set the throughput for network bandwidth throttling.

From the Activity Control tab, you can enable/disable jobs from running on the subclient.

Once you have finished configuring the subclient, click OK to save the changes.

NOTES

Once an On Demand Instance has been created, it cannot be changed into a traditional Instance.

Delete an Instance

Before You Begin

For most agents except Oracle and SQL Server, you cannot delete an instance if there is only one instance present for an agent. To delete the final instance for most agents except the ones identified, you must first remove the agent software from the client computer. For Oracle RAC, which does not involve agent software, you can delete the instance under the RAC pseudo-client.

When you delete a specific instance positioned in the level below the corresponding agent or pseudo-client in the CommCell Console, the following actions occur:

The corresponding backup data for that instance becomes immediately unavailable, thus making it inaccessible for restore purposes. In effect, the backup data is deleted.

All child levels contained within the level are deleted in the CommCell Browser.

All job schedules and job histories that pertain to any of the levels within the deleted instance are deleted.

If you delete an Oracle iDataAgent instance included within an Oracle RAC instance (node), the backup data is not deleted, and it is available for restore by another eligible client.

You cannot delete an instance if it is being backed up. Attempts to delete an instance under such conditions cause the deletion to fail. If a backup is in progress, either wait for the backup to complete or kill the backup job using the Job Manager. Once the backup is no longer in progress, you can delete the instance level.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Required Actions

To delete an instance positioned in the level below the corresponding agent or pseudo-client

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance that you want to delete, click All Tasks and then click Delete.

2. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. (Clicking No cancels the deletion and retains the node.)

3. Type the requested phrase in the Enter Confirmation Text dialog box and click OK. This should

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 150 of 199

Page 151: Oraasfsa

delete the instance.

To delete an Oracle iDataAgent instance included within an Oracle RAC instance (node)

1. Right-click the Oracle RAC instance, click Properties, and click Details.

2. Click the instance that you want to delete within Client/Instance/Status and click Delete.

3. Repeat the previous step for each Oracle iDataAgent instance (except the last one remaining) within the Oracle RAC instance that you want to delete.

4. Click OK. This should delete the Oracle iDataAgent instance(s).

Change the User Account

Before You Begin

Review Instances

Review Subclients

Required Capability Administrative Management

To change the user account

1. From the CommCell Browser, expand the agent tree, right-click the desired instance, and then click Properties.

2. From the General dialog box, click the Change button associated with the User Account information.

3. From the Impersonate NT User dialog box, enter the requested information.

4. Click OK to save the settings.

Select a Storage Policy for Third-Party User Commands

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Required Actions

When backing up data through third-party command line functions rather than the CommCell Console, the specific storage policy for the backups of the affected non-Oracle RAC agents is established and maintained through the Creating New Instance screen for the appropriate iDataAgent. For the Oracle RAC iDataAgent, the storage policy is established when you create the associated pseudo-client or when you modify the pseudo-client instance.

To select a storage policy for third-party user commands for non-Oracle RAC agents:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the supported server/instance icon, click All Tasks, and then click New Instance.

2. Within the Creating New Instance dialog box, click the Storage Device tab on server/instance properties.

3. From the Command Line Backup tab, select from the list of existing storage policies

4. Click OK to save your settings.

To select a storage policy for third-party user commands for the Oracle RAC iDataAgent:

1. From the CommCell Browser, if you are creating a RAC pseudo-client, right-click Client Computers, click New Client, click RAC Client in the Add New Client dialog box, and then click OK. If you are modifying the pseudo-client instance, right-click the instance and then click Properties.

With the exceptions noted above, you can no longer access the corresponding backup data for restore purposes.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 151 of 199

Page 152: Oraasfsa

2. Click Storage Device.

3. From the Command Line Backup tab, select from the list of existing storage policies.

4. Use the other tabs as appropriate to configure the subclient and then click OK to save your settings.

Configure Third-party Command Line Operations for Encryption

Encryption settings made at the instance level for third-party Command Line operations are not related in any way to settings made at the subclient level. Subclient encryption settings are only for data protection and recovery operations run from the CommCell Console.

See Data Encryption - Support for a list of supported products.

Before You Begin

Encryption must be enabled at the client level prior to configuring any instances residing on that client. See Configure the Client for Data Encryption.

Required Capability: Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To configure the instance for encryption of third-party command line operations:

1. From the CommCell Console, right-click the instance and click Properties.

2. From the respective Encryption tab, select an option based on the criteria described in the Encryption tab help.

3. Click OK to save your settings and close the properties dialog box.

Change Account for Accessing Databases/Applications

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To change a user account for accessing DB2 databases:

1. From the CommCell Browser, expand the tree if necessary to view the desired level icon.

From the agent level, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks from the short-cut menu, click New Instance, and go to the next step.

From the instance level, right-click the instance icon, click Properties from the short-cut menu, and go to Step 3.

From the backup set level, right-click the backup set icon, click Properties from the short-cut menu, and go to Step 4.

2. Use the Creating New Instance dialog box to create and configure the instance. Thereafter, from the General tab, click the Change button associated with the User Account information. Then go to Step 5.

3. From the General tab of the Instance Properties dialog box, click the Change button associated with the User Account information. Then go to Step 5.

4. From the General tab of the Backup Set Properties dialog box, ensure that the Connect as a Different User option is selected. Then click the Change button associated with the User Account information.

5. Enter the required information in the Set DB2 User Account dialog box.

For third-party Command Line data recovery operations to succeed when using pass-phrase security, you must export the pass-phrase to the destination client.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 152 of 199

Page 153: Oraasfsa

6. Click OK to save the settings.

To change a user account for accessing Oracle or SAP for Oracle applications on Windows not associated with QR Agent:

1. From the CommCell Browser, expand the tree if necessary to view the desired level icon.

From the agent level, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks from the short-cut menu, and click New Instance (Oracle SID).

From the instance level, right-click the instance icon and click Properties from the short-cut menu.

2. From the General tab, click the Change button associated with the User Account information.

3. Enter the required information in the Impersonate NT User dialog box.

4. Click OK to save the settings.

To change a user account for accessing Oracle applications for QR Agent:

1. From the CommCell Browser, expand the tree if necessary to view the QR agent icon. Then right-click the icon and click Properties.

2. From the Authentication tab, click the Oracle sub-tab.

3. From the Oracle sub-tab, either click Add Instance or select an Oracle instance to edit and then click Edit Instance.

4. From the Add Oracle Instance to QR Agent dialog box, click Change.

5. Enter the required information in the Impersonate NT User dialog box.

6. Click OK to save the settings.

To change a user account for accessing Informix, Oracle, or SAP for Oracle applications on Unix:

1. From the CommCell Browser, expand the tree if necessary to view the desired level icon. From the agent level, right-click the agent icon, click All Tasks from the short-cut menu, click New Instance, and go to the next step. From the instance level, right-click the instance icon, click Properties from the short-cut menu, and go to Step 3.

2. Use the New Instance dialog box to create and configure the instance.

3. From the General tab of the Instance Properties dialog box, do one of the following, as appropriate.

For Informix, type the name of the user account in the INFORMIX USER field.

For Oracle or SAP for Oracle, type the name of the user account in the ORACLE USER field.

4. Click OK to save the settings.

Change Account for Executing Pre/Post Commands (Data Recovery)

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To change a user account for executing pre/post commands for Data Recovery jobs:

1. From the CommCell Browser, expand the tree to view the appropriate level icon for the affected agent. Then right-click the icon and click All Tasks from the short-cut menu.

2. Click the appropriate Browse or Restore option. Then populate, select, and click as appropriate to access the Restore Options dialog box.

3. From the Restore Options dialog box, click Advanced.

4. From the Advanced Restore Options, click the Pre/Post tab.

5. From the Pre/Post tab, select one of the account options in the Pre/Post Impersonation area. If

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 153 of 199

Page 154: Oraasfsa

you select Impersonate User, type the appropriate user name and password.

6. Click OK to save the settings.

Change Connect Details

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Required Actions

To change the connect details for the Oracle instance:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the QR Agent and then click Properties.

2. Click the Authentication tab and then click the Oracle sub-tab. Click the Add (or Edit) Instance button.

3. From the Details tab of the Properties dialog box, enter the target database connect string in the Connect String box.

4. Establish or modify the path to the directory containing the listener.ora and tnsnames.ora files in the TNS_ADMIN box by entering the path in the box or use Browse to establish the designated Oracle Home directory.

5. Click OK to save your settings.

Disable RMAN Cross Check

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Required Actions

To disable the RMAN cross check for the Oracle instance:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance and then click Properties.

2. From the Details tab of the Properties dialog box, select Disable RMAN Cross Check.

3. A warning message is displayed to inform that the RMAN Catalog will not be synched with the CommServe. Click OK.

4. Click OK to save your settings.

Change Instance Details

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Required Actions

To change the instance details for Oracle or SAP for Oracle:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the icon for any supported instance and then click Properties.

2. From the Details tab of the Properties dialog box, to modify the Connect String information:

in the first box, enter the database ID

in the second box, enter the password for the user ID

in the third box, enter the Oracle service name

3. To modify the Use Catalog Connect information:

in the first box, enter the Recovery Catalog database user ID

in the second box, enter the password for the user ID

See the Details tab help for user rights information.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 154 of 199

Page 155: Oraasfsa

in the third box, enter the Recovery Catalog service name

4. To establish or modify the path to the TNS Administration path information, enter the path in the box or use Browse.

5. To modify the block size used for backup and restore operations, enter a new value in the Block Size field.

6. To configure autobackup of control files, select the desired option from the Ctrl File Autobackup list.

7. For SAP for Oracle, to change the path to the SAP EXE folder, type the path to the SAP EXE folder in the SAP EXE Folder (Required) field or use Browse to locate the path.

8. Click OK to save your settings.

To change the instance details for Oracle RAC:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the icon for any supported instance and then click Properties.

2. From the Details tab of the Properties dialog box, to modify the Use Catalog Connect information:

in the first box, enter the Recovery Catalog database user ID

in the second box, enter the password for the user ID

in the third box, enter the Recovery Catalog service name

3. From the same tab, to modify the block size used for backup and restore operations, enter a new value in the Block Size field.

4. From the same tab, to configure autobackup of control files, select the desired option from the Ctrl File Autobackup list.

5. From the same tab, click the appropriate Oracle client/instance/status and then click Modify.

6. From the Update Instance dialog box, to modify the Connect String information:

in the first box, enter the database ID

in the second box, enter the password for the user ID

in the third box, enter the Oracle service name

7. To establish or modify the path to the TNS Administration path information, enter the path in the box or use Browse.

8. Click OK to save your settings in the Update Instance dialog box.

9. Repeat Steps 5 through 7 for each Oracle client/instance/status that you want to modify.

10. Continue making settings as appropriate.

Change the Home Directory

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Required Actions

To change the Home Directory:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the icon for any supported instance and then click Properties.

2. For agents other than Oracle RAC, from the General tab of the Properties dialog box, type the path in the Home or Dir (Directory) box or use Browse to locate the path. Then go to Step 6.

See the Details tab help for user rights information.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 155 of 199

Page 156: Oraasfsa

3. For the MySQL iDataAgent, from the General tab of the Properties dialog box, type the path in the Binary Directory box or use Browse to locate the path. Also, type the path to the MySQL data directory in the Data Directory box or use Browse to locate the path. Then go to Step 6.

4. For Oracle RAC, from the Details tab of the Properties dialog box, click the appropriate client/instance/status and then click Modify.

5. In the Update Instance dialog box, enter the path in the Home box or use Browse to locate the path.

6. Click OK to save your settings.

7. Continue to make additional settings as desired.

Back to Top

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 156 of 199

Page 157: Oraasfsa

Subclients - Oracle Topics | How To | Related Topics

Overview

Subclient Content

Configurable Properties

Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle Subclients

Overview

The following table shows subclient creation and configuration details specific to the Oracle iDataAgent.

Before you back up data, you must define the data that you want to back up, and how this data should be backed up. This is done by creating one or more subclients for the database you are backing up. For the Oracle iDataAgent, a subclient defines:

Whether a backup will be offline or online

Whether the entire database will be backed up as a whole, or only a subset of objects within the database

Whether the control files should be included in the database backup

Depending on your needs, you can create multiple subclients for one or all of the following:

Online Databases, with or without archive logs and control files

Online Subsets, with or without archive logs and control files

Offline Databases, with or without the control files

Selective Online Full Backups

Subclient Content

The Oracle iDataAgent is designed to back up and restore Oracle data files (*.dbf) along with control files

Agent Type of

Data Default

Subclient created during

install of the

Agent

Supports Default

Subclient

Supports User

Defined Subclient

Contents of the

default subclient

when user-

defined subclient is present

Other Types of

subclients supported

by the Agent

Notes

Oracle Database iDataAgent

Oracle databases/ datafiles/

tablespaces

No Yes Yes database objects not assigned to

other subclients,

unless otherwise

configured*

None Default subclient is created when the instance is configured

*See Caution Against Re-configuring Default Subclient Content.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 157 of 199

Page 158: Oraasfsa

(*.ctl) and archived redo log files. After you install an Oracle iDataAgent, a default subclient is created by the system only after you first configure an Oracle database instance from the CommCell Console. Since an Oracle instance references a database, the default subclient includes the entire database associated with that instance. However, you can use the CommCell Console to create user-defined subclients to include only some of the database content by configuring the Subclient Properties (Content) tab. Any content that is not included in the user-defined subclients will remain in the default subclient.

When you configure subclient content, you click the Subclient Properties (Content) tab for the subclient to view the eligible data for inclusion in the subclient content. You then select an option to include one of the following in the subclient content: online database, offline database, one or more online subsets of the database, archive log files, control files, Flash Recovery Area (for Oracle 10g or higher), or the SP file. You can also choose to include selective online full backups for the subclient.

If you opt to include just online subsets in the subclient content, you click the appropriate option and then select the desired table spaces and data files to configure the content for the subclient. Once you do this, the subclient content may be displayed as follows:

In this example, suse11GR1 is the name of the instance, and this instance includes a single database. The database includes six table spaces out of which two of the table spaces have been included in the subclient content.

When creating user-defined subclients, it is recommended that you create a separate user-defined subclient for the archive log files. Also, make sure to use separate storage policies for data backup, which is set at the subclient level, and for log backup, which is set at the instance level.

A useful way to distribute subclient content for this iDataAgent is to create separate user-defined sublients for frequently used table spaces and also for log files. For example, if the EXAMPLE and USERS dbspaces shown above undergo frequent changes, you can create a separate subclient for each table space. For example:

User-defined subclient: Test1

Content:

EXAMPLE

User-defined subclient: Test2

Content:

USERS

It is recommended that you create a separate user-defined subclient for the log files on the client. For example:

User-defined subclient: Logs

Content:

(all the archive log files)

Distributing the client data using subclients in this way can help improve backup performance by organizing the workload on the client into logical groupings.

Filtering

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 158 of 199

Page 159: Oraasfsa

Data protection filtering is not applicable for this agent.

Wildcards and Regular Expressions

Wildcards and regular expressions are not supported for this agent when defining subclient content.

Considerations

For more information, see Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle Subclients.

Configurable Properties

Once installed, the agent is configured and is therefore able to manage the data or volumes on the client computer. However, you can change certain aspects of the subclient configuration to manage the data in the manner that best suits your needs.

You can view or change the subclient configuration from the Subclient Properties dialog box. The following information can be configured.

Activity Control

You can enable or disable all operations for this CommCell object and all objects below it. For more information, see Activity Control.

Archive Log Destinations for Backup and Deletion

You can specify the location from where the archive logs will be backed up. You can also specify the location from where archive files will be deleted. Either option allows you to create more than one schedule with different log destinations on the same subclient.

See Select Archive Log Destinations for Backup or Deletion for a step-by-step procedure.

Archive Logs Backup and Deletion

You can backup and delete archive logs of an Oracle instance based on specific criteria. For detailed information, see Advanced Backup/Archive Options. In the case of Oracle RAC, you can specify archive redo log backups and deletions for one or more Oracle iDataAgent instances within an Oracle RAC node. If the archive log is stored on a shared medium (e.g., NFS, CFS), all the archive logs for all the instances can be backed up. On the other hand, if the archive log is on a local drive (i.e., not shared), only the archived logs of the selected instances can be backed up.

See Configure the Subclient to Back up and Delete Archive Logs for step-by-step instructions.

Backup Arguments

Some database iDataAgents run backups using a system-generated script that is run behind the scenes from a command line. The CommCell Console serves as a front-end user interface for specifying various backup arguments and parameters that are passed to the backup script that is run. Depending on your agent, you can specify, for example, the application-specific Backup Level, whether the backups will be online or offline, as well as buffer and bundle sizes, among other settings. Although the backup arguments/parameters vary among iDataAgents, they all function in a similar manner. These arguments are set at the subclient level from the respective iDataAgent's Subclient Properties dialog box tab.

For step-by-step instructions, see Configure Backup Arguments.

From this tab for the Oracle iDataAgent, you can establish the maximum number of concurrent open datafiles and the maximum allowable size for an RMAN backupset as well as other Performance Tuning parameters. You can also Enable Table Browse for the Subclient to view and restore Oracle database tables and Configure the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups.

Always ensure that the archive logs are backed up prior to deleting them.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 159 of 199

Page 160: Oraasfsa

Content/Databases

You can define the content of the subclient. Most agents include a configure button that displays a dialog where you can add or modify the data included as subclient content. For step-by-step instructions, see Configure Subclient Content.

Data Transfer Options

Several configurable options to efficiently use available resources for transferring data secured by data protection operations are provided in the subclient. This includes the following:

Enable or disable Data Compression either on the client or the MediaAgent.

Configure the transfer of data in the network using the options for Network Bandwidth Throttling and Network Agents.

Data Encryption

You can enable or disable the encryption of data for transmission over unsecure networks and for storage on media. For more information, see Data Encryption.

Data Paths

You can view the data paths associated with the primary storage policy copy of the selected storage policy or incremental storage policy. You can also modify the data paths for the subclient including their priority. For additional information, see Configuring Alternate Data Paths for Subclients.

Pre/Post Processes

You can add, modify or view Pre/Post processes for the subclient. These are batch files or shell scripts that you can run before or after certain job phases. For more information, see Pre/Post Processes.

You can also change the user account for running Pre/Post processes for data protection operations of agents residing on Windows platforms. These agents include Active Directory, DataArchiver, DB2 on Windows, Exchange, Image Level on Windows, Lotus Notes, NAS, Oracle on Windows, Image Level ProxyHost on Windows, ProxyHost, Quick Recovery Agent, SAP for Oracle on Windows, SharePoint, SQL Server, and Windows File System. For more information, see User Accounts and Passwords.

Storage Policies

You can associate the subclient to a storage policy. For more information, see Storage Policies.

Subclient Name

You can rename a subclient. For step-by-step instructions, see Rename a Subclient.

User Accounts

The following pertains to Oracle on Windows:

You can define an account with permissions to execute Pre/Post commands for the agent's archive, backup, or volume creation jobs.

See Oracle iDataAgents: Other User Accounts in User Accounts and Passwords for more information.

Flash Recovery Area Backup

Flash Recovery Area is a specific area in the disk storage that exclusively holds a copy of all backup-related components, such as image copies, redo logs, and control file auto backups. The Flash Recovery Area facilitates faster restores of backup data and minimizes restores from tapes during data recovery operations. This feature is available only in Oracle 10g. You can set up a Flash Recovery Area by specifying the area size and location using RMAN parameters. You can also create a retention policy that will specify when the backups can be deleted from the Flash Recovery Area. For more information, refer to Oracle documentation. The Oracle and Oracle RAC iDataAgents allow you to enable backups of the Flash Recovery Area.

For more information, see Enabling Backup of Flash Recovery Area.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 160 of 199

Page 161: Oraasfsa

Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle Subclients

When creating and configuring subclients for the Oracle iDataAgent, keep in mind the following considerations:

If you will be using Recovery Manager or Oracle Enterprise Manager to create backup and restore scripts, you do not need to create subclients.

When scheduling backups of multiple subclients simultaneously for the Oracle iDataAgent, ensure that you don’t include the same datafile or table space in both subclients.

If you are running in NOARCHIVELOG mode, you must back up the database offline. If you are running in ARCHIVELOG mode and database accessibility is a priority, an online backup of the database may be appropriate. If the database must be accessible and you have a small backup window, you may want to run a series of online backups in which different portions of the database are backed up at different times. You may also want to combine all of these backup types in your backup strategy. Once you have determined your backup needs, you can define your backup strategy by creating one or more subclients for the database.

It is recommended that you include the control files with the appropriate database backups.

You can run a validate job to ensure the integrity of the data and availability of the media before actually running a backup or restore job. When the validate option is selected on the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) tab or Advanced Restore Options (Options) tab, this will cause the system to simulate either a backup or restore job without using any media or over-writing the Oracle database. After the validate job completes, you can view the log file for the job to identify and correct any validation issues prior to running the backup or restore.

For step-by-step instructions, see Validate a Backup or Restore.

Review Performance Tuning - Oracle or Performance Tuning - Oracle RAC for details on setting configuration parameters to optimize backup and restore operations for your site.

Oracle Automatic Subclient Updates: When new objects are added to databases, the system automatically adds these objects to subclients; you do not have to add them to subclients to ensure that they get backed up. This section explains how the system determines which subclients are assigned new objects.

If a new datafile is added to a tablespace, it is assigned to the subclient that contains the tablespace. For example, assume that you have created the following subclients for the accounts database:

Then assume that the datafile users05.dbf is added to the user tablespace. This datafile will be automatically added to the on_accounts and on_user subclients, but not to the on_sys subclient. This is because the on_accounts and on_user subclients contain the user tablespace, but the on_sys subclient does not.

If a new datafile is added to the database, and if none of the online subset subclients contain the tablespace for the datafile, the datafile is assigned to the default subclient.

on_accounts An online database subclient that backs up the entire database.

on_user An online subset subclient that backs up the user tablespace.

on_sys An online subset subclient that backs up the system tablespace.

Subclients must contain the entire contents of a tablespace if you want the system to automatically add a new datafile to the subclient. For example, the on_user subclient must contain the files users01.dbf through users04.dbf if you want the system to automatically add the users05.dbf file. If the on_user subclient contains only the files users01.dbf and users02.dbf, the system will not automatically add users05.dbf to this subclient.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 161 of 199

Page 162: Oraasfsa

Caution Against Re-configuring Default Subclient Content

We recommend that you do not re-configure the content of a default subclient because this would disable its capability to serve as "catch-all" entity for client data. As a result, the likelihood that some data will not get backed up or scanned for archiving would increase.

Back to Top

Subclients - Oracle - How To Topics | How To | Related Topics

Associate a Subclient to a Storage Policy

Change Account for Executing Pre/Post Commands (Data Protection) (Oracle on Windows)

Configure a Subclient for Pre/Post Processing of Data Protection Operations

Configure Backup Arguments

Configure Subclient Content

Configure the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups

Configure the Subclient for Data Encryption

Create a New Subclient

Create Subclient for Backing Up Archived Redo Log Files

Create Subclient for Backing Up Offline Databases

Create Subclient for Backing Up Online Databases

Create Subclient for Backing Up Online Subsets

Create Subclient for Performing Selective Online Full Backups

Delete a User-Defined Subclient

Enable or Disable Operations

Enable Software Compression for a Subclient

Remove a Process from Pre/Post Processing of Data Protection Operations

Rename a Subclient

Set the Network Bandwidth and Network Agents for a Data Protection Operation

View Data Paths Associated with a Subclient

View Subclient Content

Select ArchiveLog Destinations for Backup or Deletion

Enable Backup of Flash Recovery Area

Enable Table Browse for the Subclient

Oracle recommends performing a mandatory Incremental Level 0 backup (i.e., Full backup) after adding new tablespaces and datafiles to the database. If this is not done, the next Incremental backup will fail because Recovery Manager will not be able to find the parent files for the new tablespaces and datafiles.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 162 of 199

Page 163: Oraasfsa

Associate a Subclient to a Storage Policy

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To associate a subclient to a storage policy:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient whose associated storage policy you want to change, then click Properties from the shortcut menu.

2. Click the Storage Device tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box.

3. From the Storage Policy list of the Data Storage Policy tab, select a data storage policy to associate with this subclient. If necessary, click the Create Storage Policy button to create a new storage policy to which the subclient can then be associated.

4. From the Changing a Storage Policy window select the next type of backup operation. Click OK.

5. If applicable for your agent, you can change the number of data streams from the Number of Data/Database Backup Streams field.

6. If applicable for your agent, click the Log Storage Policy tab and select a storage policy to associate with this transaction log subclient from the Transaction Log Storage Policy list. Also, you can set the Number of Transaction Log Backup Streams from this tab.

7. Click OK to save your changes and close the Subclient Properties Storage Device tab.

Change Account for Executing Pre/Post Commands (Data Protection)

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To change a user account for executing pre/post commands for Data Protection jobs:

1. From the CommCell Browser, expand the tree to view the appropriate level icon for the affected agent.

From the agent, instance/partition, or backup set/archive set level, right-click the appropriate icon, click All Tasks, and click New Subclient from the short-cut menu.

From the subclient level, right-click the subclient icon and click Properties from the short-cut menu.

2. From the Subclient Properties dialog box, create and/or configure the subclient as appropriate. Then click the Pre/Post Process tab.

3. From the Pre/Post Process tab, click Change.

4. From the User Account dialog box, select one of the account options. If you select Impersonate User, type the appropriate user name and password.

5. Click OK to save the settings.

Configure a Subclient for Pre/Post Processing of Data Protection/Archive Operations

Before You Begin

We recommend not configuring a pre/post process for a subclient that is currently running a data protection or archive operation.

Verify that there are no pre/post processes already assigned for the subclient.

Review the Overview and Agent-Specific Guidelines for your agent before configuring pre/post processes for data protection/archive operations.

Pre-process commands for the iDataAgents will be executed only when the necessary resources (e.g.,

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 163 of 199

Page 164: Oraasfsa

media, library, drive, etc.) are available.

Required Capability: Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To configure a subclient for Pre/Post processing of data protection/archive operations:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient for which you want to configure a pre/post process, and then click Properties from the shortcut menu.

2. Click the Pre/Post Process tab of the Properties dialog box.

3. For an agent other than the Oracle RAC iDataAgent, click inside the space that corresponds to one of the following phases and type the full path of the process that you want executed during that phase. Alternatively, click Browse to locate the process (applicable only for paths that do not contain any spaces). For the Oracle RAC iDataAgent, click Browse for the corresponding process, click the name of the control node client in the Select Client for Browse dialog box, and click OK. Then browse for and click the process.

PreBackup

PreScan

PreArchive

PreCopy

PreSnap

PostBackup

PostScan

PostArchive

PostCopy

PostSnap

Click OK.

4. If you want to run a Post Process for all attempts to run that job phase, then select the corresponding checkbox.

5. For subclients on Windows platforms, if Run As displays Not Selected, or if you want to change the account that has permission to run these commands, click Change.

a. In the User Account dialog box, select Use Local System Account, or select Impersonate User and enter a user name and password. Click OK.

b. If you selected Local System Account, click OK to the message advising you that commands using this account have rights to access all data on the client computer.

6. Click OK to save your changes and close the Pre/Post Process tab of the Properties dialog box.

Configure Backup Arguments

Related Topics

Subclients - DB2

Subclients - DB2 DPF

Subclients - Informix

Subclients - Oracle

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Before You Begin

Do not change the backup arguments of a subclient that is being backed up.

For the DB2 and DB2 DPF iDataAgents, you will need to indicate whether the database should be online or offline during backups.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 164 of 199

Page 165: Oraasfsa

Review Performance Tuning - Oracle or Performance Tuning - Oracle RAC for details on setting configuration parameters to optimize backup and restore operations for your site.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To configure backup arguments for a subclient:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient whose backup arguments you want to configure, then click Properties from the shortcut menu.

2. Click the appropriate tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box for your iDataAgent:

DB2, DP2 DPF - (Backup Arguments)

Oracle, Oracle RAC - (Backup Arguments)

Informix (Content)

3. Select the desired backup argument settings that you want configured for this subclient.

4. Click OK to save your changes.

Configure Subclient Content

Before You Begin

Review Subclients.

Do not configure the content of a subclient while the parent node or any sibling subclient has a data protection or archive operation currently running on it.

Exchange Mailbox iDataAgents and Exchange Mailbox/Public Folder Archiver Agents: If you change the contents of the default backup set or archive set then the auto-discover feature will be disabled. If you disable the auto-discovery feature, newly created mailboxes will not be backed up/archived unless they are manually discovered and assigned to a subclient.

NAS NDMP iDataAgents: You must ensure there is no overlap in content between all subclients. Overlap in subclient content will result in loss of data. An existing subclient's contents are not automatically changed when another subclient is added with overlapping contents.

SharePoint Server iDataAgent: The Site Content Database, the Site Collection Database, the Site Database, and the Site Index for the virtual server must all be assigned to the same subclient.

Lotus Notes Document iDataAgent: Review Assigning Restore View Names to Newly-discovered Databases

QR Agent: Follow these guidelines when adding a volume to a QR Agent subclient:

The volume must correspond to a physical disk or RAID array.

A volume created by volume management software other than VxVM is not valid subclient content.

Subclients may have overlapping content; however, if two or more subclients overlap, they all must use the same snapshot engine. If the QR policies associated with the subclients are configured to use different snap engines, they must be reconfigured to use the same snap engine in this scenario.

Caution Against Re-configuring Default Subclient Content

We recommend that you do not re-configure the content of a default subclient because this would disable its capability to serve as "catch-all" entity for client data. As a result, the likelihood that some data will not get backed up or scanned for archiving would increase.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To configure subclient content:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient for which you want to configure content, click All Tasks (if applicable) and then click Properties.

2. Follow the procedure below that is applicable for your agent:

For File System, Active Directory, File Archiver, Exchange Public/Web Folder iDataAgents, NDS,

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 165 of 199

Page 166: Oraasfsa

and SharePoint Server iDataAgents click the Subclient Properties (Content) tab and configure content for the subclient as described below for your agent:

For File System, Active Directory, File Archiver, NDS, and SharePoint Server iDataAgents: Type the full path of the data that you want to include as subclient content in the Enter New Content field, then click Add. Optionally, click Browse to enter the content. When browsing content while configuring SharePoint subclients, you can add content via multiple selections with the CTRL or SHIFT keys. For Windows, when specifying a UNC Path, click As User, and enter the user account information for the domain user with permissions for that path. For NetWare/DNS, see the Notes section below for content path examples. For Unix File Systems, you can enter the mount point of an NFS-mounted file system, see the Notes section below for examples.

For Exchange Public/Web Folder iDataAgents: Click Browse, select folders to include as content, then click Add.

For NAS NDMP iDataAgents, configure the Backup Content Path field(s) as described below, then click Add:

Click the drop-down list arrow to display the root volumes on the file server. To change the root volume, click one in the list. If you want to refine the content path further, use the space to the right of (or below) the root volume list to enter additional path information. Note the following:

For NetApp, the root volume is the mount path of each volume. Example: for volume FS1 the root volume will be /vol/FS1.

For EMC Celerra, the root volume is the mount point created for a volume. Example: for volume FS1 with mount point /FS1 the root volume will be /FS1.

For Hitachi, no root volumes are shown in the drop down list. Type the full path of the root volume. Example: for volume FS1 with mount point /mnt/FS1 the root volume will be /mnt/FS1.

For BlueArc, the root volume is a combination of a descriptor of the path and the volume name. Example: for volume FS1 with a mount point of / the root volume will be /__VOLUME__/FS1.

Optionally, for NetApp NAS NDMP, click Browse to enter the content.

For Exchange Mailbox and Exchange Mailbox/Public Folder Archiver Agents follow the procedure to Discover and Assign New Mailboxes or Assign Mailboxes to Another Subclient.

For DataArchiver for Exchange Agents follow the procedure to Discover and Assign New Journal Mailboxes or Assign Journal Mailboxes to Another Subclient.

For Lotus Notes Database and Document iDataAgents follow the procedure to Discover and Assign New Databases or Assign Databases to a Subclient.

For DB2, DB2 DPF, Exchange Database, Novell GroupWise, SharePoint Server, SQL Server 2000 Database, Sybase, and MySQL iDataAgents, click the Subclient Properties (Content) tab and configure content for the subclient as described below for your agent:

For the DB2 iDataAgent, specify whether you want to include the entire database or a subset of this data as content for the subclient. For the DB2 DPF iDataAgent, specify whether you want to include all the affected database partitions or a subset of this data as content for the subclient.

For Exchange and GroupWise iDataAgents: Click Configure. From the Add/Modify Subclients dialog box click the subclient entry for the database element/Storage Group that you want to add to the new subclient and select the name of the destination subclient from the list that appears. Alternatively, you can select and assign a range of databases/storage groups using the Change all selected databases/storage groups to list. Note that you must have at least one database element/Storage Group assigned to this subclient in order to save the configuration.

A database/Storage Group that is not configured for a subclient does not appear in the list. This can be the case if the subclient containing the database/Storage Group was deleted. If this happens, click Discover to display all databases/Storage Groups.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 166 of 199

Page 167: Oraasfsa

For the SharePoint Server iDataAgent, follow the procedure to Discover and Assign New Data Types.

For the SQL Server 2000 Database iDataAgent, follow the procedure to Configure SQL Server 2000/2005 Databases or Configure SQL Server 2000/2005 Files and File Groups.

For the Sybase iDataAgent, follow the procedure to Configure Sybase Databases.

For the MySQL iDataAgent, follow the procedure to Configure MySQL Databases.

For the Informix iDataAgent, click the Subclient Properties (Content) tab and define the contents of the subclient. Specifically, establish the backup mode for the data to be backed up, set the backup level, and decide whether to back up the emergency boot file and/or the ONCONFIG file.

For the Oracle, SAP for Oracle, or Oracle RAC iDataAgent, click the Subclient Properties (Content)tab and define the contents of the subclient. To configure this subclient for specialized types of backups, follow the appropriate procedure below:

Create Subclient for Backing Up Archived Redo Log Files

Create Subclient for Backing Up Offline Databases

Create Subclient for Backing Up Online Databases

Create Subclient for Backing Up Online Subsets

Create Subclient for Performing Selective Online Full Backups

For SAN iDataAgents, click the Subclient Properties (Content) tab and configure content for the subclient as described below for your agent:

Image Level on Unix iDataAgent: Click Add. From the Add Content Path dialog box, select the volume(s) that you want to back up (use CTRL + click to select multiple volumes). Click OK. The selected volumes are added to the Contents of subclient list. These volumes are automatically configured to be CXBF devices. Alternatively, use Volume Explorer per specific scenarios to configure CXBF devices.

To configure an unmounted block device or raw device as content, first use Volume Explorer to configure the device as a CXBF device. Then select the configured CXBF device as subclient content. You can ignore the warning that is displayed.

For more information, see When to Use Volume Explorer. For a step-by-step procedure, see Configure a CXBF Device in Volume Explorer.

Image Level and Image Level ProxyHost on Windows iDataAgents: Click Add. Then in the Add Content dialog box, type the full path of the volume or mount point that you want to include as subclient content, then click Add. Optionally, click Browse to select the content. Click OK. The volume or mount point is added to the Contents of subclient list. Add additional content by repeating this step.

ProxyHost iDataAgent: Select a backup host from the Backup Host list. This is the computer to which the BCV is connected. Click Add. In the Content field of the Add/Edit Content for Subclient dialog box, type the primary host path of the content that you want to back up, or click Browse to find and select this data. In the Backup Host BCV Path field of the Add/Edit Content for Subclient dialog box, type the path through which the backup host accesses this data on the BCV, or click Browse to find and select this path. Click OK. The primary host data path and corresponding backup host BCV path are added as a single entry in the Contents of subclient list. To add additional entries, repeat these steps. Refer to Notes below for more information.

For Quick Recovery Agents, click the Subclient Properties (Content) tab and configure the following options:

Click Add Volume. From the Adding Volume dialog box, select volume(s) that you want to add to the subclient content (use CTRL + click to select multiple volumes). You can add/edit additional advanced options for the selected volume by select Advanced on the Adding Volume dialog box. Click OK.

Click Add App to select an application and associated volumes. Click OK.

Any instances you intend to protect and recover with the QR Agent must be configured in the QR Agent properties Authentication tab. They will not appear in the Add App dialog box if they

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 167 of 199

Page 168: Oraasfsa

are not configured. Only volumes containing datafiles and archive log files will be detected by Add App. Volumes containing control files and redo log files will not be detected.

For a clustered Exchange Server, if you are not using VSS to perform an online quiesce, sufficient permissions are required in order to be able to perform an offline quiesce; in such cases, ensure that the User Name specified has Exchange Administrator rights.

See also Configure Subclients for Overlapping Content.

3. Click OK to save your content configuration.

NOTES

Content examples for NetWare are OU=prospects.O=engineering.[Root], (for NDS content), and SYS:\public (for File System content).

Content examples for adding an NFS-mounted file system to subclient content of a Unix File System iDataAgent:

/mountpointA to include the entire file system at mountpointA

/mountpointA/projects for only the projects directory within the file system at mountpointA.

Informix subclients include one or more dbspaces. As databases are added to the dbspaces, the subclients are updated automatically.

SQL Server 2000 Database iDataAgents: The logical and physical names are available to assist in identifying the correct content. Files and file groups that are configured as content of other subclients are unavailable for selection.

Exchange Mailbox iDataAgents and Exchange Mailbox/Public Folder Archiver Agents: Initially, all unconfigured mailboxes are assigned to the default subclient. You can create a new subclient and reassign mailboxes to this new subclient (within the same backup set/archive set). Once assigned, the mailboxes become part of the content of the new subclient.

SharePoint Server iDataAgent: Initially, all unconfigured data types are assigned to the default subclient. You can create a new subclient and reassign data types to this new subclient. Once assigned, they become part of the content of the new subclient.

ProxyHost iDataAgent: The primary host data path is backed up by the subclient and is the path through which the backup host accesses this data on the BCV. A primary host path and its corresponding backup host path are listed in the following format:

<primary_host_path> --> <backup_host_path>

For example, assume that you want to back up the D:\data directory from your primary host and D:\is mirrored by a BCV, which is mapped to the backup host as F:\. Consequently, the path to this data on the backup host is F:\data. When you add this directory to a subclient, it is listed in the Contents of subclient pane as D:\data --> F:\data.

Configure the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups

Related Topics

The primary host path in the Content field is used for browse and restore purposes. However, it is the data in the Backup Host BCV Path which is actually backed up. If these two paths do not accurately correspond, the path that appears when data is browsed for restore does not accurately reflect the data that will be restored. In the example given above, assume that D:\data is entered in the Content field, while F:\data1 is accidentally entered in the Backup Host BCV Path. If you browse and select D:\data to be restored, it is actually D:\data1 that is restored. (Remember, F:\Data1 is the path on the backup host that corresponds to D:\data1 on the primary host.)

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 168 of 199

Page 169: Oraasfsa

Backup - Oracle iDataAgent

Backup - Oracle RAC

Subclients - Oracle iDataAgent

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Before You Begin

Do not change the backup arguments of a subclient that is being backed up.

Oracle iDataAgent: Review Configuring the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups for an overview of this feature.

Oracle RAC: Review Configuring the Lights Out Script to Shut Down the Database for Offline Backups for an overview of this feature.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To configure the lights out script to shut down the database for offline backups on a subclient:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient whose lights out script you want to configure, then click Properties from the shortcut menu.

2. Click the Subclient Properties Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) tab, then configure the following options as appropriate:

Select the Lights Out Script option to enable automatic execution of this script before backing up the database.

For Oracle on Unix, select the Warning option to enable a warning message that will be displayed on the physical node for users logged into the database, that the database will be shut down.

For Oracle on Unix, in the Delay Time (min) field, enter the number of minutes that you want the script to wait after sending out the warning message to the physical node before the system attempts to shut down the database.

If you are configuring Oracle RAC, then skip to step 3, as the remaining options in this step apply only to the Oracle iDataAgent.

In the Sleep Time (sec) field, enter the number of seconds that you want the script to wait between retry attempts to shut down the database and check the status. This field is used by the lights out script in the event that the first attempt to shut down the database was unsuccessful after the Delay Time has expired.

In the Tries Number field below the Sleep Time (sec) field, enter the number of times that you want the script to retry attempts to shut down the database when the Sleep Time (sec) field is activated.

In the Sleep Time (min) field, enter the number of minutes that you want the script to wait between retry attempts to shut down the database and check the status. This field is used by the lights out script in the event that the Tries Number limit has been reached for the Sleep Time (sec) field.

In the Tries Number field below the Sleep Time (min) field, enter the number of times that you want the script to retry attempts to shut down the database when the Sleep Time (min) field is activated.

Select the Use SQL Connect option to connect to the database using the SQL command “connect <connect string> as sysdba”. The “Connect String” entry is configured in the Instance Properties (Details) tab. Note that if this option is not selected, the CommServer sets the service name using “set oracle_sid=<Instance name>” and connects to the database using the “connect /as sysdba” command. The Instance name is displayed in the Instance Properties (General) tab.

On AIX 64 bit platform, you should always use the SQL_CONNECT option to shutdown and start the database in mount mode. This is required because of the limitation in SQL Plus to connect using / when the EXTSHM variable is set.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 169 of 199

Page 170: Oraasfsa

3. Select any other options as appropriate, then click OK to save the changes.

Configure the Subclient for Data Encryption

Encryption settings made at the subclient level are for data protection and recovery operations run from the CommCell Console and are not related in any way to settings made at the instance level which is for third-party Command Line operations only.

See Data Encryption - Support for a list of supported products.

Before You Begin

Encryption must be enabled at the client level prior to configuring any subclients residing on that client. See Configure the Client for Data Encryption.

If you are attempting to configure for third-party Command Line operations, do not use this procedure. See Configure Third-party Command Line Operations for Encryption.

Required Capability: Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To configure the subclient for data encryption:

1. From the CommCell Console, right-click the subclient and click Properties.

2. From the Subclient Properties (Encryption) tab, select an option based on the criteria described in the Encryption tab help.

3. Click OK to save your settings and close subclient properties.

Create a New Subclient

Before You Begin

Review Subclients.

Do not create a subclient while the parent node or any sibling subclient has a data protection or archive operation currently running on it.

In cases where a new subclient is created with the same name as a deleted subclient, the system will append a Unix time stamp to the deleted subclient's name in data protection job history reports and views to distinguish the two subclients. For example, subclientname_1104257351.

Informix iDataAgents: If you will be using the Informix ONBAR utility to create backup and restore scripts, you need not create subclients. Otherwise, if you will be using the CommCell Console to back up and restore Informix database objects (subsets/dbspaces), then you will need to create a subclient.

ProxyHost iDataAgents: If you are using a BCV, you must prepare a batch file or a shell script file on the backup host containing commands to synchronize and split the BCV. The Resource Pack includes information on configurations for these batch files or shell scripts, as well as examples that apply to specific applications and hardware (e.g., Exchange databases in an EMC Symmetrix environment). See Tools and Utilities for more information on the Resource Pack.

The ProxyHost iDataAgent also requires that you set permissions for the batch/shell script file on the backup host.

SQL Server 2000/2005 Database iDataAgents: When running on Windows Server 2003 and VSS is enabled, the New Subclient command is not available.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a new subclient:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the node (agent/backup set/archive set/instance) for which you want to create a new subclient, click All Tasks (if applicable), and then simply click New Subclient for most agents.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 170 of 199

Page 171: Oraasfsa

For the SQL Server iDataAgent, expand New Subclient and click either Database to include individual databases or File/File Group to include database elements.

For the File Archiver Agent for Windows with Data Classification, right-click the DataClassSet, expand All Tasks, and then click Create DataClassSet (subclient).

2. Click the General tab or General (Quick Recovery Agent) tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box and type the name (up to 32 characters) of the subclient that you want to create.

For supported agents identified in Support Information - Snapshot Engines, you can select a QSnap option to snap data and then perform a data protection operation on the data.

For QR Agents, you must also select a QR Policy from the QR Policy list.

For the Windows iDataAgents that support VSS, you can optionally Enable VSS on a Subclient.

3. Select other options from the General tab as appropriate for the agent.

4. Click the Content or Databases tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box and Configure Subclient Content as appropriate for your agent.

5. For all agents (except QR), click the Storage Device (Data Storage Policy) tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box, then select a data storage policy to associate with this subclient from the storage policy list.

For the DB2 and DB2 DPF iDataAgents, you can also change the number of data backup streams. For the DB2 DPF iDataAgent, the default stream threshold should be equal to the total number of database partitions for the subclient.

For SQL Server iDataAgents, you can also click the Storage Device (Log Storage Policy) tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box, then select a log storage policy to associate with this subclient from the storage policy list and select the number of backup streams for transaction log backup jobs.

For 1-Touch for Unix, it is strongly recommended that the storage policy that you select for the subclient configured for 1-Touch use a MediaAgent on a different computer. If you do this, and if the system crashes, the media will not have to be exported to another MediaAgent in order to recover the system.

6. For Oracle and DB2 iDataAgents, click the Backup Arguments (Oracle) or Backup Arguments (DB2, DB2 DPF) tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box and Configure Backup Arguments as appropriate for your agent. Note that the backup arguments for Informix are located on the Content tab.

7. For Migration Archiver Agents, click the Archiving Rules or Rules tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box and configure archiving rules as appropriate for your agent. In order to perform rules-based migration archiving operations, the Disable All Rules checkbox must be cleared.

If the File Archiver for Windows supports Data Classification, several filter-like configuration fields are defined as archiving rules and are available from the Subclient Properties (Rules) tab. If you want to define content and archiving rules based on file attributes other than volumes, size, and modified time (i.e., if you want to customize your rules), click the Advanced tab and configure as appropriate. Also, stub management options can be configured from the Stub Rule tab. See Configure Archiving Rules - File Archiver Agents for step-by-step instructions.

8. For ProxyHost and Image Level ProxyHost iDataAgents, click the Pre/Post Process tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box. In the PreScan field, type the path to the batch file/shell script file that contains those commands that are to run before each backup of the subclient, or click Browse to locate and select this file. For ProxyHost and Image Level ProxyHost, the file must reside on the backup host or primary host.

9. Optionally (if supported for your agent) you can:

Add a Data Protection or Discovery Filter for a Subclient on the Filters tab.

Configure a Subclient for Pre/Post Processing of Data Protection/Archive Operations on the Pre/Post Process tab.

Enable Software Compression for a Subclient on the Software Compression tab of the Storage Device tab.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 171 of 199

Page 172: Oraasfsa

Configure the Subclient for Data Encryption on the Encryption tab.

Enable or Disable Operations for this subclient on the Activity Control tab.

Configure Mailbox Stores for Auto-Discovery on the Auto-discovery tab.

Configure the Subclient for 1-Touch on the 1-Touch Recovery tab.

View or change the user group security associations for this subclient from the Security tab.

Determine location from where archive logs will be backed up or deleted from the Log Destinations tab.

Enable backups using a snap engine from the Snap Backups tab.

10. Click OK to save the subclient configuration. For QR Agents, this procedure is now complete. For all other agents, continue on to the next step.

11. The Backup Schedule dialog box advises you to schedule data protection operations for your new subclient. It is recommended you elect to set a schedule now. You can also associate this subclient with an All Agent Types schedule policy (which is automatically created by the system, or can be a user defined Data Protection schedule policy). If you have already associated a schedule policy at a previous level (Backup Set/Instance, Agent, Client, or Client Computer Group) the schedules defined in the Schedule Policy will be automatically applied to the new subclient. See Schedule Policy for more information.

If you want to associate this subclient with an All Agent Types schedule policy, click Associate with Generic Schedule Policy, and then select that schedule policy from the drop-down list box. Click OK.

If you want to associate this subclient with a specific schedule policy, click Associate to schedule policy, and then select the schedule policy from the drop-down list box. Click OK.

If you have selected to define a schedule for this subclient:

Click Schedule.

From the Backup/Archive Options dialog box, select the type of data protection operation that you want to schedule.

If you want to set Advanced Backup/Archive Options, click Advanced.

After selecting the data protection type and any advanced options, click OK. The Schedule Details dialog box appears.

From the Schedule Details tab, select the scheduling options that you want to apply, then click OK.

If you don't want to create a data protection schedule at this time, click Do Not Schedule, and then click OK.

This task is now complete.

Create Subclient for Backing Up Archived Redo Log Files

Related Topics:

Subclients - Oracle

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Subclients - SAP for Oracle

The following procedure demonstrates how to create a subclient for backing up archived redo log files with the following features:

Includes only archived redo log files.

Deletes the archived redo log files once they are backed up.

Re-synchronizes the contents of the Recovery Catalog with the contents of the Control File.

Before You Begin

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 172 of 199

Page 173: Oraasfsa

Review Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle Subclients, Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle RAC Subclients, or Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring SAP for Oracle Subclients.

Oracle archives online redo log files once they become full. These logs can be used to recover database transactions that have been lost due to an operating system or disk failure, by applying them to an online backup in order to recover a database. Because of their importance in recovering data, it is recommended that you create separate subclients for backing up archived redo log files.

Archived redo log files are always backed up as a full backup even if incremental is selected.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a subclient for backing up archived redo log files:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance for which you want to create a new subclient, click All Tasks then click New Subclient.

2. Click the General tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box and type the name (up to 32 characters) of the subclient that you want to create.

3. For Oracle or SAP for Oracle, click the Content tab. For Oracle RAC, click the Logs Backup tab and select the following option:

Backup Archive Log - Specifies that archived redo log files will be backed up. These logs can be applied to the database in order to recover it to a point-in-time.

Archive Delete - Specifies that archived redo log files are deleted once they are backed up. Note that any archived redo log files that do not match the format indicated by the LOG_ARCHIVE_FORMAT environment variable are not deleted.

Optionally, for Oracle RAC, use the directional arrows to reset the client/instance backup order.

4. Click the Backup Arguments tab and select the following options:

Archive Files per BFS - Establishes the number of archive files to be bundled in each backup set (Default is 32).

Resync Catalog - Specifies that the contents of the Recovery Catalog will be synchronized with the contents of the Control File (This option is automatically enabled by default when the Backup Archive Log option is selected on the Content tab in Step 3 above).

5. Click the Storage Device tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box, then select a storage policy to associate with this subclient from the storage policy list.

6. Optionally, you can:

Establish Pre/Post processes using the Pre/Post Process tab.

Enable a software compression scheme for the subclient from the Software Compression tab on the Storage Device tab.

Enable De-Duplication for the subclient from the De-Duplication tab on the Storage Device tab.

Enable data encryption for backups on the Encryption tab.

Enable/disable backups for this subclient on the Activity Control tab.

Select archive log destinations for backup and deletion on the Log Destinations tab.

7. Click OK to save the subclient configuration.

8. You will be prompted to create a backup schedule for the newly created item. Select Schedule if you want to create a backup schedule for this subclient, otherwise select Do Not Schedule if you don't want to create a backup schedule for this subclient, then click OK.

9. If you selected Do Not Schedule in the previous step, then this procedure is now complete. If you selected Schedule, the Backup Options dialog box appears.

10. From the Backup Options dialog box, select the type of backup that you want to schedule. If you want to access Advanced Backup Options, click Advanced.

11. Click Backup Archive Logs tab, if available, and select the criteria based on which the archive logs

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 173 of 199

Page 174: Oraasfsa

will be backed up. For more information, see Backup Archive Log Options.

12. Click OK. The Schedule Details dialog box appears.

13. From the Schedule Details (Schedule Details) tab, select the scheduling options that you want to apply, and then click OK.

Create Subclient for Backing Up Offline Databases

Related Topics:

Subclients - Oracle

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Subclients - SAP for Oracle

The following procedure demonstrates how to create a subclient for backing up an offline database with the following features:

Includes Control Files (where applicable).

Incremental backup level set to 1, 2, 3 or 4. By default the system performs an incremental level 1 backup. The first time you back up the subclient the system performs a full backup for the subclient before performing a level 1, 2, 3, or 4 incremental backup.

Database is taken OFFLINE and available in the MOUNT mode for the backup.

Before You Begin

Review Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle Subclients, Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle RAC Subclients, or Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring SAP for Oracle Subclients..

Make sure that the database used for creating the subclient is up and running. This ensures that the system accesses the most recent configuration of the database.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a subclient for backing up offline databases:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance for which you want to create a new subclient, click All Tasks and then click New Subclient.

2. Click the General tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box and type the name (up to 32 characters) of the subclient that you want to create.

3. Click the Content tab and select the following options where available:

Data - Specifies that data files will be backed up.

Offline Database - Establishes the backup as an offline database backup.

Backup Control File - Specifies that the backup control files will be included in the subclient backup.

4. Click the Backup Arguments tab where available and select the following options:

Lights Out Script - Specifies that the Lights Out Script will be automatically executed before backing up offline databases. This script shuts down the database and by default uses the SPFile to start up the database in MOUNT mode. Once the backup is completed, the script opens the database.

STARTUP PFILE location - Specifies the location of the PFile to be used for starting up the database. You need to select this option only if you want to start up the database using the PFile. By default, the system uses the SPFile available in $ORACLE_HOME/dba directory (for Unix) or $ORACLE_HOME/database directory (for Windows) to start up the database.

Do not select the Offline Arguments option if you would like to manually start the database in MOUNT mode before you back up the subclient.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 174 of 199

Page 175: Oraasfsa

5. Click the Storage Device tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box, then select a storage policy to associate with this subclient from the storage policy list.

6. Optionally, you can:

Establish Pre/Post processes using the Pre/Post Process tab.

Enable a software compression scheme for the subclient from the Software Compression tab on the Storage Device tab.

Enable De-Duplication for the subclient from the De-Duplication tab on the Storage Device tab.

Enable data encryption for backups on the Encryption tab.

Enable/disable backups for this subclient on the Activity Control tab.

For Oracle RAC, enable archive log backups and use the directional arrows to reset the client/instance backup order on the Logs Backup tab.

Select archive log destinations for backup and deletion on the Log Destinations tab.

7. Click OK to save the subclient configuration.

8. You will be prompted to create a backup schedule for the newly created item. Select Schedule if you want to create a backup schedule for this subclient, otherwise select Do Not Schedule if you don't want to create a backup schedule for this subclient, then click OK.

9. If you selected Do Not Schedule in the previous step, then this procedure is now complete. If you selected Schedule, the Backup Options dialog box appears.

10. From the Backup Options dialog box, select the type of backup that you want to schedule. If you want to access Advanced Backup Options, click Advanced. After selecting the backup type and any advanced options, click OK. The Schedule Details dialog box appears.

11. From the Schedule Details tab of the Schedule Details dialog box, select the scheduling options that you want to apply, then click OK.

Create Subclient for Backing Up Online Databases

Related Topics:

Subclients - Oracle

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Subclients - SAP for Oracle

The following procedure demonstrates how to create a subclient for backing up an online database with the following features:

Includes control files (where applicable).

Data Files bundled in each backup set is set to 32 (default is 64).

Incremental backup level set to 1, 2, 3 or 4. By default the system performs an incremental level 1 backup. The first time you back up the subclient the system performs a full backup for the subclient before performing a level 1, 2, 3, or 4 incremental backup.

Excludes Archived Redo Log files. It is recommended that you create separate subclients for archive redo logs.

Before You Begin

Review Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle Subclients, Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle RAC Subclients, or Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring SAP for Oracle Subclients.

Make sure that the database used for creating the subclient is up and running. This ensures that the system accesses the most recent configuration of the database.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 175 of 199

Page 176: Oraasfsa

To create a subclient for backing up online databases:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance for which you want to create a new subclient, click All Tasks and then click New Subclient.

2. Click the General tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box and type the name (up to 32 characters) of the subclient that you want to create.

3. Click the Content tab and select the following options where available:

Data - Specifies that data files will be backed up.

Online Database - Establishes the backup as an online database backup.

Backup Control File - Specifies that the backup control files will be included in the subclient backup.

4. Click the Backup Arguments tab where available and select the following option:

Data Files per BFS - Establishes the number of datafiles to be bundled in each backup set - set this to 32.

5. Click the Storage Device tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box, then select a storage policy to associate with this subclient from the storage policy list.

6. Optionally, you can:

Establish Pre/Post processes using the Pre/Post Process tab.

Enable a software compression scheme for the subclient from the Software Compression tab on the Storage Device tab.

Enable De-Duplication for the subclient from the De-Duplication tab on the Storage Device tab.

Enable data encryption for backups on the Encryption tab.

Enable/disable backups for this subclient on the Activity Control tab.

Select archive log destinations for backup and deletion on the Log Destinations tab.

7. Click OK to save the subclient configuration.

8. You will be prompted to create a backup schedule for the newly created item. Select Schedule if you want to create a backup schedule for this subclient, otherwise select Do Not Schedule if you don't want to create a backup schedule for this subclient, then click OK.

9. If you selected Do Not Schedule in the previous step, then this procedure is now complete. If you selected Schedule, the Backup Options dialog box appears.

10. From the Backup Options dialog box, select the type of backup that you want to schedule. If you want to access Advanced Backup Options, click Advanced. After selecting the backup type and any advanced options, click OK. The Schedule Details dialog box appears.

11. From the Schedule Details tab of the Schedule Details dialog box, select the scheduling options that you want to apply, then click OK.

Create Subclient for Backing Up Online Subsets

Related Topics:

Subclients - Oracle

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Subclients - SAP for Oracle

The following procedure demonstrates how to create a subclient for backing up an online subsets that include tablespaces/datafiles with the following features:

Excludes Control Files.

Incremental backup level set to 1, 2, 3 or 4. By default the system performs an incremental level 1

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 176 of 199

Page 177: Oraasfsa

backup. The first time you back up the subclient the system performs a full backup for the subclient before performing a level 1, 2, 3, or 4 incremental backup.

Excludes Archived Redo Log Files. It is recommended that you create separate subclients for archive redo logs.

Before You Begin

Review Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle Subclients, Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle RAC Subclients, or Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring SAP for Oracle Subclients.

Make sure that the database used for creating the subclient is up and running. This ensures that the system accesses the most recent configuration of the database.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a subclient for backing up online subsets:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance for which you want to create a new subclient, click All Tasks and then click New Subclient.

2. Click the General tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box and type the name (up to 32 characters) of the subclient that you want to create.

3. Click the Content tab and select the following options:

Data - Specifies that data files will be backed up.

Online Subset - Establishes the backup of a subset of database objects. The database tree displays the subsets that are available in the database. Click the objects in the tree to include the subset objects for the subclient.

4. Click the Backup Arguments tab where available and select the desired options.

5. Click the Storage Device tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box, then select a storage policy to associate with this subclient from the storage policy list.

6. Optionally, you can:

Establish Pre/Post processes using the Pre/Post Process tab.

Enable a software compression scheme for the subclient from the Software Compression tab on the Storage Device tab.

Enable De-Duplication for the subclient from the De-Duplication tab on the Storage Device tab.

Enable data encryption for backups on the Encryption tab.

Enable/disable backups for this subclient on the Activity Control tab.

Select archive log destinations for backup and deletion on the Log Destinations tab.

7. Click OK to save the subclient configuration.

8. You will be prompted to create a backup schedule for the newly created item. Select Schedule if you want to create a backup schedule for this subclient, otherwise select Do Not Schedule if you don't want to create a backup schedule for this subclient, then click OK.

9. If you selected Do Not Schedule in the previous step, then this procedure is now complete. If you selected Schedule, the Backup Options dialog box appears.

10. From the Backup Options dialog box, select the type of backup that you want to schedule. If you want to access Advanced Backup Options, click Advanced. After selecting the backup type and any advanced options, click OK. The Schedule Details dialog box appears.

11. From the Schedule Details tab of the Schedule Details dialog box, select the scheduling options that you want to apply, then click OK.

Create Subclient for Performing Selective Online Full Backups

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 177 of 199

Page 178: Oraasfsa

Related Topics:

Subclients - Oracle

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Subclients - SAP for Oracle

Before You Begin

Review Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle Subclients, Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle RAC Subclients, or Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring SAP for Oracle Subclients.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To create a subclient for performing Selective online full backups:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the instance for which you want to create a new subclient, click All Tasks and then click New Subclient.

2. Click the General tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box and type the name (up to 32 characters) of the subclient that you want to create.

3. Click the Content tab to define the contents of the subclient. Click the Selective Online Full checkbox to enable selective online full backups for this subclient.

4. Click the Backup Arguments tab where available to define backup arguments for the subclient.

5. Click the Storage Device tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box, then select a storage policy to associate with this subclient from the storage policy list.

6. Optionally, you can:

Establish Pre/Post processes using the Pre/Post Process tab.

Enable a software compression scheme for the subclient from the Software Compression tab on the Storage Device tab.

Enable data encryption for backups on the Encryption tab.

Enable/disable backups for this subclient on the Activity Control tab.

For Oracle RAC, enable archive log backups and use the directional arrows to reset the client/instance backup order on the Logs Backup tab.

Select archive log destinations for backup and deletion on the Log Destinations tab.

7. Click OK to save the subclient configuration.

8. You will be prompted to create a backup schedule for the newly created item. Select Schedule if you want to create a backup schedule for this subclient, otherwise select Do Not Schedule if you don't want to create a backup schedule for this subclient, then click OK.

9. If you selected Do Not Schedule in the previous step, then this procedure is now complete. If you selected Schedule, the Backup Options dialog box appears.

10. From the Backup Options dialog box, select the type of backup that you want to schedule. If you want to access Advanced Backup Options, click Advanced. After selecting the backup type and any advanced options, click OK. The Schedule Details dialog box appears.

11. From the Schedule Details tab of the Schedule Details dialog box, select the scheduling options that you want to apply, then click OK.

Delete a User-Defined Subclient

Related Topics:

Command Line Interface - qdelete subclient

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 178 of 199

Page 179: Oraasfsa

Subclients

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To delete a user-defined subclient:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the user-defined subclient that you want to delete, and then click Delete from the shortcut menu.

2. A confirmation message is displayed, asking if you want to delete the subclient. Click No to cancel the deletion and retain the subclient, or click Yes to continue the deletion. If you click Yes:

the subclient, and any data that may have been protected/archived by the subclient are logically deleted, and you can no longer access the corresponding data for recovery/retrieve purposes. However, the data remains valid for the length of time specified by the associated retention period. Some agents allow you to browse data from a deleted subclient provided that the Browse Data Before date and time precedes the time that the user-defined subclient was deleted.

for agents that support a default subclient, once the user-defined subclient is deleted its contents are automatically reallocated to the default subclient the next time a data protection/archive/discovery operation is run on the default subclient to ensure data protection coverage.

the system deletes the selected subclient node and removes it from the CommCell Browser.

the system deletes any data protection/archive and recovery/retrieve job schedules that are associated with the subclient.

Enable or Disable Operations

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To enable or disable activity control at the CommCell, client computer group, client, agent, or subclient levels:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the CommServe, client computer group, client computer, agent, or subclient, and then click Properties from the short-cut menu.

2. From the Activity Control tab of the associated Properties dialog box, select or clear option(s), as desired.

3. Click OK.

Enable or Disable Software Compression for a Subclient

Before you Begin

Level Capability

CommCell Administrative Management with CommCell level association

Client Computer Group

Administrative Management with Client Computer Group level association

Client Agent Management with Client level association

Agent Agent Management with Agent level association

Subclient Agent Management with Subclient level association

Disabled data management and/or data recovery operations are displayed with client and/or agent icon changes in the CommCell Browser. For a comprehensive list of all icons in the CommCell Console, see CommCell Console Icons.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 179 of 199

Page 180: Oraasfsa

Do not enable/disable software compression for a subclient that is being backed up/archived.

Required Capability: Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To enable software compression for a subclient:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient for which you wish to enable software compression and then click Properties.

2. Click the Storage Device tab and from the Data Storage Policy tab, select the storage policy from the Storage Policy list.

If applicable for the selected agent, click the Log Storage Policy tab and select a storage policy from the Transaction Log Storage Policy list.

3. Then click the Storage Device (Data Transfer Option) tab and choose the appropriate compression option for this subclient.

4. Click OK to save your changes.

This task is now complete.

Remove a Process from Pre/Post Processing of Data Protection/Archive Operations

Before You Begin

We recommend not removing a pre/post process for a subclient that is currently running a data protection or archive operation.

Review the Overview and Agent-Specific Guidelines for your agent before removing pre/post processes for data protection/archive operations.

Required Capability: Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To remove a process from Pre/Post processing of data protection/archive operations:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient for which you want to remove a pre/post process, and then click Properties from the shortcut menu.

2. Click the Pre/Post Process tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box.

3. Click the text inside the space that corresponds to one of the following phases for which you want a pre/post process removed, then press the Delete key:

PreScan

PreArchive

PreCopy

PreSnap

PostBackup

PostScan

PostArchive

PostCopy

PostSnap

4. Repeat Step 3 for any additional processes that you want to remove.

5. Click OK.

Rename a Subclient

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 180 of 199

Page 181: Oraasfsa

Before You Begin

You can rename a subclient at any time. However, we recommend that you don't rename a subclient while a data protection or archive operation is running on that subclient.

In cases where a subclient is renamed using the same name as a deleted subclient, the system will append a Unix time stamp to the deleted subclient's name in data protection job history reports and views to distinguish the two subclients. For example, subclientname_1104257351.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To rename a subclient:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient that you want to rename, and then click Properties from the shortcut menu.

2. From the Subclient Properties (General) tab, or the QR Agent Subclient Properties (General) tab, type the new name in the Subclient Name field, and then click OK.

The CommCell Browser updates the subclient with its new name. The new name will also be reflected in any associated schedules and reports.

Set the Network Bandwidth and Network Agents for a Data Protection Operation

Before you Begin

Do not modify the network bandwidth and network agents for a subclient or instance that is being backed up.

Required Capability: Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To Set the Network Bandwidth and Network Agents for a Data Protection Operation:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click a subclient and then click Properties.

For the DB2, DB2 DPF, Informix, Oracle, Oracle RAC, SAP, or Sybase iDataAgent, right-click an instance and then click Properties.

2. Click the Storage Device Data Transfer Option tab.

For the QR Agent:

To control network bandwidth settings, use the Throttle Network Bandwidth section in the General tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box.

To control the number of network agents, you must create a nQRNetworkAgents registry key.

3. Enter a number of Network Agents that must be used to perform data protection operations on the subclient/instance.

4. Click the Throttle Network Bandwidth (MB/HR) option and then enter the throughput as needed. Note that throttling is done on a per Network Agent basis.

5. Click OK to save the changes.

This task is now complete.

View Data Paths Associated with a Subclient

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To view data paths:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient whose data paths you want to view, then click

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 181 of 199

Page 182: Oraasfsa

Properties from the shortcut menu.

2. Click the Storage Device tab of the Subclient Properties dialog box.

3. From the Data [or Logs] Storage Policy tab, click Show Data Paths to view the data paths used by the subclient to access the storage media for data protection operations. Click Close to exit the Data Paths dialog box.

4. Click OK to exit the Subclient Properties Storage Device tab.

View Subclient Content

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To view content of a subclient:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient whose content you want to view, then click Properties.

2. From the Subclient Properties dialog box, click the Content tab (or Databases tab for Lotus Notes) to view the contents of the subclient.

3. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Select Archive Log Destinations for Backup or Deletion

Related Topics:

Subclients - Oracle

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Subclients - SAP for Oracle

Before You Begin

Review Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle Subclients, Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle RAC Subclients, or Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring SAP for Oracle Subclients.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To select Archive Log destinations for backup or deletion:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the appropriate subclient, click Properties from the shortcut menu, and then click the Log Destinations tab.

2. Do either or both of the following:

Click Select ArchiveLog Destinations for Backup, click Add, click the desired ArchiveLog backup location, and then click OK. Repeat this step for each location that you want to include.

Click Select ArchiveLog Destinations for Delete, click Add, click the desired ArchiveLog deletion location, and then click OK. Repeat this step for each location that you want to include.

3. Click OK.

Enable Backup of Flash Recovery Area

Related Topics:

Subclients - Oracle

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Before You Begin

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 182 of 199

Page 183: Oraasfsa

Make sure that a Flash Recovery Area is set for the Oracle database and all related parameters, such as size, location, and retention policy are configured.

Note that the Flash Recovery Area is an Oracle 10g feature. Therefore, backup of the Flash Recovery Area is possible only with agents that use Oracle 10g.

Note that you can backup the Flash Recovery Area only when the database is online.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To enable backup of Flash Recovery Area:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient that you want to back up, and choose Properties.

2. Click SubClient Properties of data (Content) tab.

3. Select Protect backup recovery area checkbox.

4. Click OK. The Flash Recovery Area backup is now enabled.

Enable Table Browse for the Subclient

Related Topics:

Subclients - Oracle

Subclients - Oracle RAC

Before You Begin

Review Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle Subclients or Things to Consider when Creating and Configuring Oracle RAC Subclients.

Note that you can enable the table browse for only one subclient.

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To enable table browse for the subclient:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the subclient for which you want to enable table browse, and then click Properties.

2. From the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) tab, select Enable Table Browse.

3. Click OK.

Back To Top

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 183 of 199

Page 184: Oraasfsa

Backup Job History Topics | How To | Related Topics

Overview

Items That Were Backed Up

Items That Failed

Pruning Backup History Information

Supported Features

Content Indexing History Information

Overview

You can view the backup and restore history of iDataAgents, BackupSets/Instances, and subclients.

The Backup Job History Filter dialog box allows you view detailed, historical information about backup jobs. Once you have chosen your filter options, they are displayed in the Backup Job History window.

For information on Job Details displayed in the Job History, see Viewing Job Information.

From this window, you can right-click a backup job to:

Browse the data backed up by the backup set or instance from the Backup Job History window. This is provided as right-click option for each job. (This menu option, when selected, initiates the Browse Options dialog box preset with the values needed to browse the data.)

Browse the snapshots created during SnapProtect

View items that failed during the backup job

View details of the backup job

View files that were not indexed during a backup job that performed content indexing

View associated media

View events of the backup job

View a list of items that were backed up

View a list of items that were moved to media for a SnapProtect job

View the log files of the backup job.

View the RMAN log of an Oracle backup job.

Items That Were Backed Up

The View backup file list option allows you to view a list of the files that were backed up during a backup job, along with the data sizes of each backed up file. The View backed up messages option allows you to view a list of messages that were backed up by using, along with the alias name, display name, email address, sender name, and recipient of each message.

From these windows you can conduct searches based on a particular string, allowing to find particular files quickly and easily.

It is not recommended that this option is used to view a very large list of items that were backed up (such as lists that total over 100,000 items). It is suggested that the Browse option is used to find a list of backed up items in such cases.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 184 of 199

Page 185: Oraasfsa

See View the Items That Were Protected During a Data Protection Operation for step-by-step instructions.

Items That Failed

The items that failed for a data protection operation include individual files that may fail the job even though a particular job completed successfully. You can determine the degree of success for these jobs using this window.

Filters can be used in conjunction with the "Items That Failed" list on the data protection Job History Report to eliminate backup or archive failures by excluding items which consistently fail that are not integral to the operation of the system or applications. Some items fail because they are locked by the operating system or application and cannot be opened at the time of the data protection operation. This often occurs with certain system-related files and database application files.

Also, keep in mind that you will need to run a full backup after adding failed files to the filter in order to remove them.

See View the Items That Failed For a Data Protection Operation for step-by-step instructions.

Pruning Backup History Information

You can prune backup history information based on the number of days established in the Days to keep the backup job histories option from the Media Management Configuration (Service Configuration) dialog box available in the Control Panel.

Supported Features The NAS NDMP iDataAgents do not support the ability to view items that failed.

The Image Level and Image Level ProxyHost iDataAgents do not support the ability to Browse the data of a selected backup job in Backup Job History.

Content Indexing History Information

Content Indexing history can also be viewed of iDataAgents, BackupSets/Instances, and subclients. The following information is displayed:

Items that were Successfully Content Indexed

A listing of files and folders that failed is not available for the Quick Recovery Agent, or the Image Level and Image Level ProxyHost iDataAgents. These agents do not perform a file level backup/copy.

Certain application related files can never be backed up by the File System iDataAgent due to the nature of the data. For example, Microsoft SQL Server database files cannot be backed up by the File System iDataAgent. In this and other similar circumstances, consider entering files such as these as exclusions in the corresponding subclient filter.

If you have installed the SQL Server iDataAgent, do not use the stored procedure sp_delete_backuphistory, sp_delete_database_backuphistory and sp_delete_backup_and_restore_history provided by Microsoft clean up backup history. By default backup history is automatically pruned from the CommServe database and the Microsoft SQL Server, as necessary.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 185 of 199

Page 186: Oraasfsa

You can view the list of items that were successfully content indexed during a Content Indexing operation for a particular job. for step-by-step instructions, see View the Items that Were Successfully Content Indexed.

Content Indexing Failures

Content Indexing failures allows you to look at the messages, files and documents that could not be indexed during a content indexing operation. Content Indexing looks at each file (of the supported data types) and indexes its contents allowing advanced searches of backed up/archived/migrated data.

Files that were not indexed, (perhaps because the file’s content could not be read) are added to the Content Indexing Failures list, and are viewable from the View Content Index (Failed Items) option in the Job History window. For step-by-step instruction, see View the Items that Failed to Content Index.

Back to Top

Backup Job History - How To Topics | How To | Related Topics

View Backup Job History

View the Items That Were Protected During a Data Protection Operation

View the Items That Failed For a Data Protection Operation

View Job History Details

View the Media or Mount Paths of a Job History

View the Events of a Job History

View the Items that were Moved to Media during SnapProtect

View the Log Files of a Job History

View the Items that Were Not Indexed During Content Indexing

View the Items that Were Successfully Content Indexed

View Backup Job History

To view backup history:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity (client computer, iDataAgent, backup set or subclient) whose backup history you want to view, click View, and then click View Backup History.

2. From the Backup History filter window select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK. The system displays the Backup Job History window.

3. Click OK.

View the Items That Were Protected During a Data Protection Operation

Required Capability: none required

This option is available for File System-like agents.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 186 of 199

Page 187: Oraasfsa

To view the list of items that were protected during a data protection operation.

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity whose history of data protection operations you want to view, click View, and then click the necessary options to view a job history.

2. From the Job History Filter dialog box, select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK.

3. From the Job History window, right-click the operation whose list of protected items you want to view, and then select View backup file list/View Backed Up Messages. The Backup file List window displays a list of the backed up files/messages that were included in the backup job. You can use the Search option to find items in the window.

4. Click File -> Exit.

5. Click Close from the Job History window.

View the Items That Failed For a Data Protection Operation

To view the list of items that failed for a data protection operation:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity whose history of data protection operations you want to view, click View, and then click to view a job history.

2. From the Job History Filter dialog box, select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK.

3. From the Job History window, right-click the operation whose list of failed items you want to view, and then select View Failed Items. The Unsuccessful Backup Files window (for DataArchiver Agents, Items On Which Archive Failed) displays those items that failed. If no items failed, a message to that effect is displayed.

4. Click Close.

View Job History Details

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To view the details of a job history:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity (e.g., subclient, client computer, etc.) whose job history you want to view, click View, and then click job history.

2. From the Job History Filter dialog box, select the filter options that you want to apply and click OK.

3. From the Data Management Job History window, right-click the job whose job details you want to view, and then click View Job Details.

4. The Job Details dialog box appears, displaying detailed job history in General, Details, Phase Details and Attempts tabs for the selected job.

5. Click OK.

A listing of files and folders that failed is not available for the Quick Recovery Agent, nor the Image Level and Image Level ProxyHost iDataAgents. These agents do not perform a file level backup/copy.

If viewing the details of a job with a pending or failed status, the Reason for Job Delay field will contain an Error Code, which, if clicked, will launch the customer support website displaying troubleshooting article(s) related to the specific issue.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 187 of 199

Page 188: Oraasfsa

View the Media or Mount Paths of a Job History

To view media or mount paths associated with a job history:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity (e.g., subclient, client computer, etc.) whose job history you want to view, click View, and then select the appropriate history.

2. From the Job History window select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK.

3. From the job history widow, right-click the backup whose media or mount paths you want to view, and then click View Media.

4. The Media Used By Job ID window displays a list of media or mount paths used by the operation.

5. Click OK.

View the Events of a Job History

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To view the events associated with a job:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity (e.g., subclient, client computer, etc.) whose job history you want to view, click View, and then click Job History.

2. From the Job History Filter dialog box, select the filter options that you want to apply and click OK.

3. From the Data Management Job History window, right-click the job whose job details you want to view, and then click View Events.

4. The All Found Events window gets displayed. If no events where found for the back up, a message is displayed to that effect.

5. Click Close.

View the Items that were Moved to Media during SnapProtect

To view the list of items that were moved to tape during SnapProtect backup.

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity whose history of data protection operations you want to view, click View, and then click the necessary options to view a job history.

2. From the Job History Filter dialog box, select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK.

3. From the Job History window, right-click the operation whose list of items moved to media you want to view, and then select View Backup Copy file listing. The Backup file List window displays a list of the backed up files that were included in the backup copy job. You can use the Search option to find items in the window.

4. Click File -> Exit.

This option is available for the SnapProtect feature.

To view the files moved to media for a backup copy job, right-click the SnapProtect backup job corresponding to the Backup Copy job and select View Backup Copy file listing.

View backup items will not display anything for a Backup Copy job.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 188 of 199

Page 189: Oraasfsa

5. Click Close from the Job History window.

View the Log Files of a Job History

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To view the log files of a Job History:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity whose job history you want to view, and then click to view a job history.

2. From the job history filter window select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK.

3. From the job history window, right-click the job whose log files you want to view, and then click View Logs.

4. The contents of the log file related to the selected job history are displayed in the Log File for Job n window.

View the Items that Were Successfully Content Indexed

To view the list items that were not indexed during content indexing:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity whose operations you want to view, click View, and then click the necessary options to view a job history.

2. From the Job History Filter dialog box, select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK.

3. From the Job History window, right-click the job for which you want to view the successfully content indexed items, select View Content Index, and click Successful Items.

4. Click Close.

5. Click Close from the Job History window.

View the Items that Failed to Content Index

To view the list of items that failed to content index:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity whose operations you want to view, click View, and then click the necessary options to view a job history.

2. From the Job History Filter dialog box, select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK.

3. From the Job History window, right-click the job for which you want to view the list of items failed to content index, select View Content Index, and click Failed Items.

4. Click Close.

5. Click Close from the Job History window.

This option is available for operations that performed content indexing.

This option is available for operations that performed content indexing.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 189 of 199

Page 190: Oraasfsa

Back to Top

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 190 of 199

Page 191: Oraasfsa

Restore Job History Topics | How To | Related Topics

Overview

Items That Restored

Supported Features

Overview

The Restore History Filter dialog box allows you to view detailed, historical information about restore jobs.

For information on Job Details displayed in the Job History, see Viewing Job Information.

Once you have chosen your filter options, they are displayed in the Restore Job History window. From this window you can right-click a restore job to:

View Restore Items; items in the job that were Successful, Failed, Skipped or All. These items, if any, will be listed in the Restored Files window.

View Job Details of the restore job. The job details will be listed in the Job Details window.

View Events of the restore job. The job events will be listed in the All Found Events window.

View Log files of the restore job. The job log files will be listed in the Log File window.

View the RMAN Log of an Oracle restore job. The RMAN Log will be listed in the Oracle Restore Log window.

Items That are Restored

When viewing files that are restored in the Restored Files window, each of the files is listed with the restore status level appended at the end of the file path. The possible status levels are: RESTORED, FAILED and OLDER.

Successfully restored files will be listed with RESTORED appended to the file path. If files are not restored/recovered due to errors, the file paths will be appended with FAILED. Under some circumstances, the system may not restore/recover certain files because they are older versions of the same files already present in the files system; these files are appended with the word OLDER.

Supported Features

Consider the following.

The NAS NDMP iDataAgents do not support the ability to view failed/successful item lists.

Restore Job History will not display Oracle rman_util jobs at the instance level.

Back to Top

Restore History - How To Topics | How To | Related Topics

View Restore Job History

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 191 of 199

Page 192: Oraasfsa

View the Events of a Job History

View the Media of a Job History

View the Log Files of a Job History

View Restore Job History

To view the restored items associated with a job:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity (e.g., subclient, client computer, etc.) whose job restore history you want to view, click View, and then click Restore History.

2. From the Job History filter window, select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK.

3. From the Job History window, right-click the job whose restored items you want to view; click View Restore Items, and select from the type of items to view: Successful, Failed, Skipped or All.

4. The Restored Files window will display the selected type of restored items for the job.

5. Click OK.

View the Events of a Job History

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To view the events associated with a job:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity (e.g., subclient, client computer, etc.) whose job history you want to view, click View, and then click Job History.

2. From the Job History Filter dialog box, select the filter options that you want to apply and click OK.

3. From the Data Management Job History window, right-click the job whose job details you want to view, and then click View Events.

4. The All Found Events window gets displayed. If no events where found for the back up, a message is displayed to that effect.

5. Click Close.

View the Media or Mount Paths of a Job History

To view media or mount paths associated with a job history:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity (e.g., subclient, client computer, etc.) whose job history you want to view, click View, and then select the appropriate history.

2. From the Job History window select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK.

3. From the job history widow, right-click the backup whose media or mount paths you want to view, and then click View Media.

4. The Media Used By Job ID window displays a list of media or mount paths used by the operation.

5. Click OK.

View the Log Files of a Job History

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 192 of 199

Page 193: Oraasfsa

Required Capability: See Capabilities and Permitted Actions

To view the log files of a Job History:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the entity whose job history you want to view, and then click to view a job history.

2. From the job history filter window select the filter options, if any, that you want to apply, and then click OK.

3. From the job history window, right-click the job whose log files you want to view, and then click View Logs.

4. The contents of the log file related to the selected job history are displayed in the Log File for Job n window.

Back to Top

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 193 of 199

Page 194: Oraasfsa

Backup - Oracle or Oracle RAC - Troubleshoot Topics | How To | Troubleshoot | Related Topics

Backup Failure Due to Database Block Corruption

Avoiding Intermittent Backup Failures for Oracle on Linux Platforms

Offline Backup with Lights Out Option Fails When Using Default Tries Number

Oracle Backup Fails if the Oracle Instance has the NAS_LANG set to a non American_America.US7ASCII character

File spfile.ora or init<SID>.ora Must be Populated Correctly Before you Select Log Destinations

Backup Failure Due to Database Block Corruption

If an Oracle database backup operation fails due to corrupted database blocks, an error message will be displayed. For example:

LISTING 2: r_20030520213618.log

RMAN-00571: ===========================================================

RMAN-00569: =============== ERROR MESSAGE STACK FOLLOWS ===============

RMAN-00571: ===========================================================

RMAN-03009: failure of backup command on d1 channel at 05/20/2003 21:36:26

ORA-19566: exceeded limit of 0 corrupt blocks for file

/u01/app/Oracle/oradata/MRP/sales_data_01.dbf

In such cases, you should make sure that the Enter the maximum database block corruptions value is set in the Advanced Backup Options (Oracle Options) tab. It is recommended that you set this value to match the number of corrupted database blocks identified by RMAN for the database file being backed up. To identify the number of corrupted database blocks in a data file, refer Oracle documentation.

Avoiding Intermittent Backup Failures for Oracle on Linux Platforms

In order to avoid intermittent backup failures for Oracle on Linux platforms, some additional configuration steps may be needed. Specifically, if the library libobk.so fails to load, then the backup may fail. Provided below are steps to take to ensure that this essential library is loaded in the system configuration.

1. Log in to the Oracle client computer as root.

2. From the system prompt, enter the following command:

ldconfig /<Base_directory_name>

For example: # ldconfig <software installation path>/Base

3. This configuration step will ensure that the libobk.so library is loaded so that backups for Oracle on Linux can run successfully.

Oracle Backup Fails if the Oracle Instance has the NLS_LANG set to a non American_America.US7ASCII character

If the Oracle instance has the NLS_LANG set to a non American_America.US7ASCII character, the Oracle

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 194 of 199

Page 195: Oraasfsa

backup operations fail with the following error:

Character conversion not supported

To solve this problem, you need to set the NLS_LANG environment variable on the client computer using the <oracle_SID>_NLS _LANG registry key, where oracle_SID is the Oracle instance name. For example,

rman10g_NLS_LANG <non American_America.US7ASCII character>

If the registry key is not set, the NLS_LANG variable will be set to American_America.US7ASCII character by default.

In the case of Oracle RAC iDataAgent, the registry key need to be set in all the RAC instance nodes.

Offline Backup with Lights Out Option Fails When Using Default Tries Number

If the Oracle offline backup with lights out option fails when you use the default value for Tries Number in the Subclient Properties (Backup Arguments) window, then increase the value to a number greater than or equal to 5.

File spfile.ora or init<SID>.ora Must be Populated Correctly Before you Select Log Destinations

Oracle Log Destinations are set up in the spfile.ora or init<SID>.ora file, and they are displayed in the Add list for the following: Select ArchiveLog Destinations for Backup/Delete fields in the Subclient Properties (Log Destinations) tab and the Select ArchiveLog Destinations field in both the Advanced Backup Options (Back up Archive Logs) tab and the Advanced Backup Archive Options (Delete Archive Logs) tab. However, if the spfile.ora or init<SID>.ora file does not include any log destinations, the lists will show USE_DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST by default, and the backup job will fail if you select this parameter. Therefore, either do not select log destinations if none are defined in the spfile.ora or init<SID>.ora file or include the log destinations in either file and then refresh the database from the Subclient Properties (Contents) tab.

Back to Top

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 195 of 199

Page 196: Oraasfsa

Restore Data - Oracle or Oracle RAC - Troubleshoot Topics | How To | Full System Restore | Troubleshoot | Related Topics

Troubleshooting Oracle Errors

Troubleshooting RMAN Errors

Troubleshooting CommCell Console Errors

Troubleshooting Point-In-Time Recoveries

Caution on the Use of RESETLOGS

Sample Script for Resetting a Database After RESETLOGS

Sample Script for Resetting the Database to an Old Incarnation

Troubleshooting Oracle Errors If you receive an Oracle error during a backup or restore operation, we recommend that you follow procedures published by Oracle Corporation on resolving the specific error. We also advise you to consult with your on-site Oracle database administrator, as needed.

If a duplicate database restore fails with error PLS-00553: character set name is not recognized; then make sure the character sets are the same between the locations of where you are running RMAN from and the location of the target database. Because this is an Oracle related issue, please contact Oracle support for more information.

When using Oracle 10g, a table level restore operation may fail intermittently due to an error in the Oracle's DataPump utility and the following error message will be displayed:

UDE-00008: operation generated ORACLE error 31623

ORA-31623: a job is not attached to this session via the specified handle

In such cases, set the sNODATAPUMPEXPORT registry key to Y on the client and re-submit the job.

Sometimes, Oracle backup and restore jobs fail due to the large size of the sbtio.log file in the $UDUMP directory. To resolve this, set the size of the sbtio.log file using the sMAXORASBTIOLOGFILESIZE registry key. Once the specified size limit is reached, the sbtio.log file gets pruned automatically.

Troubleshooting RMAN Errors If the system notifies you that there was an "RMAN error" during a backup or restore operation, we advise you to view the RMAN Output Log to identify which error was encountered. To view the RMAN Output Log, do the following:

1. From the CommCell Browser, right-click the desired instance, click All Tasks, click View and then click either Backup History or Restore History.

2. Click OK on the History Filter dialog.

3. On the Job History window, right-click the desired job, then select View Log File. The RMAN Output Log will display for the job.

Once you have identified the specific RMAN error, consult one of the following publications from Oracle Corporation for information on resolving the specific error, in conjunction with your on-site Oracle database administrator:

Oracle8i - Backup and Recovery Guide

Oracle8i - Recovery Manager User’s Guide and Reference

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 196 of 199

Page 197: Oraasfsa

Oracle9i - Recovery Manager User’s Guide

Any RMAN command line operation can fail if the required media resource is unavailable due to a conflicting resource reservation by another data protection/recovery process or when the resource is unavailable offline. If this happens, we recommend that you establish or verify the availability of the required resource then rerun the RMAN command line operation.

If an RMAN command line backup for Oracle fails because it has exceeded the timeout limit while waiting for a resource to allocate streams, you can increase the timeout limit by adding (or modifying the value currently entered for) the sALLOCATESTREAMSECS registry key to wait beyond the default of 86400 seconds (i.e., 24 hours) before failing the backup job.

If an RMAN command line backup fails with the error "Unable to open lock file /opt/hds/Base/Temp/locks/.dir_lock: Permission denied", it may be because the "unmask" is set as "022" in .profile for instances on Oracle. If this occurs, change the "unmask" to "000" or "002" and try the backup again. Also, ensure that the users for Oracle are in the group "dba".

From Oracle release 10g and later, Oracle stopped adding a database reference to the listener.ora file because it uses dynamic transparent network substrate (TNS) registration, and this can sometimes cause problems while running Offline Lights Out backups. If an Oracle 10g or 10g R2 backup fails with the RMAN error "ORA-12528 TNS listener - all appropriate instances are blocking new connections", then add a reference to the database in the listener.ora file as shown in the example below, to work around this issue:

SID_LIST_LISTENER = (SID_LIST = (SID_DESC = (SID_NAME = PLSExtProc) (ORACLE_HOME = C:\oracle\product\10.1.0\db_1) (PROGRAM = extproc) ) (SID_DESC = (SID_NAME = rman10g) (ORACLE_HOME = C:\oracle\product\10.1.0\db_1) (SID = rman10g) ) )

When creating standby databases using Oracle 10g, you need to set the Standby Role Initialization parameter, DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT, to add all the temp data files from the primary database location to the standby database location, as follows:

DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT='<primary_database_temp_datafile_old_location>','<standby_database

If this parameter is not set, restore will fail with the following error message:

temporary file TEMP01.DBF conflicts with file used by target database

Troubleshooting CommCell Console Errors If only command line backups have been performed, and a Browse Restore operation is subsequently attempted from the CommCell Console without first opening and closing the subclient properties, then the system will display a message indicating that no data was backed up. If this happens, ensure that you open and then close the subclient properties of the Oracle iDataAgent you are trying to restore, then try the Browse Restore operation again.

For Oracle 10g, if the instance is configured for autobackup with flash recovery, then restoring the SPFile from the CommCell Console will not work. The following work-arounds are available in this situation:

Work-around 1:

Comment out the option "db_recovery_file_dest" from the PFile, then re-create the SPFile using the new PFile. Afterwards, restoring the SPFile from the CommCell Console should work.

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 197 of 199

Page 198: Oraasfsa

Work-around 2:

Restore the SPFile manually using RMAN with the script below:

RMAN> run { 2> ALLOCATE CHANNEL c1 DEVICE TYPE DISK; 3> restore spfile from autobackup; 4> }

If the line "set linesize 80" is present in the file $ORACLE_HOME/sqlplus/admin/glogin.sql, it may cause the SrvOraAgent server process on the CommServe to fail when browsing database contents or executing a backup. To avoid such failures, comment out that line from the file and re-try the browse or backup operation.

Troubleshooting Point-In-Time Recoveries

Caution on the Use of RESETLOGS

Sample Script for Resetting a Database After RESETLOGS

Sample Script for Resetting the Database to an Old Incarnation

Caution on the Use of RESETLOGS

Caution should be used when recovering an Oracle database to a point-in-time using the Point In Time option in the Recover tab of the Oracle Advanced Restore Options dialog box. The reasoning is that this action executes a powerful RMAN statement called "ALTER DATABASE OPEN RESETLOGS" which will reset the SCN (System Change Number) and time stamp on every object of the database (i.e., datafiles and control files).

Archived redo logs have these two values (SCN and time stamp) in their headers, and Oracle will not apply an archived redo log to a datafile unless the RESETLOGS SCN and time stamps match, to prevent you from corrupting your datafiles with old archived logs.

Execution of the "ALTER DATABASE OPEN RESETLOGS" statement has the effect of recovering the database to a time that is not current, hence being reset with old data (i.e., an old incarnation). This is a very useful operation if the point-in-time to which you are trying to recover is certain and known, but can be counterproductive if you are guessing at the point-in-time.

If the point-in-time is in question, it is recommended that you select the Restore Data option in the Advanced Restore Options (Restore) tab and/or the Restore Control File option in the Advanced Restore Options (Ctrl & SP Files) tab instead of the Point In Time option in the Recover tab. These options can either be used separately or together, depending on the situation (if used together with point-in-time, both must use the same point-in-time). This method will allow you to restore the database to a state that you can make the determination whether or not you have achieved the correct point-in-time, without invoking the "ALTER DATABASE OPEN RESETLOGS" statement that would reset SCNs and time stamps on the database objects.

After determining the correct point-in-time through this method, the Point In Time option in the Recover tab can be safely applied to reset your Oracle database to the desired incarnation.

Sample scripts are provided below for your Oracle database administrator to use as reference for developing custom scripts that you can run from the RMAN command line, to perform special operations apart from the CommCell Console.

Sample Script for Resetting a Database After RESETLOGS

The following example resets a database after performing an incomplete media recovery:

run { allocate channel dev1 type disk; set until logseq 1234 thread 1;

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 198 of 199

Page 199: Oraasfsa

restore database skip tablespace readonly; recover database; sql "ALTER DATABASE OPEN RESETLOGS"; release channel dev1; } reset database;

Sample Script for Resetting the Database to an Old Incarnation

The following command makes an old incarnation of database PROD1 current again:

# obtain primary key of old incarnation list incarnation of database prod1;

shutdown immediate;

# reset database to old incarnation

reset database to incarnation 2;

# recover it run { allocate channel dev1 type disk; restore controlfile; startup mount; restore database; recover database; sql "ALTER DATABASE OPEN RESETLOGS"; release channel dev1; }

Back to Top

List of Database Incarnations

DB Key ------

Inc Key -------

DB Name -------

DB ID -----

CUR ---

Reset SCN ---------

Reset Time ----------

1 2 PROD1 1224038686 NO 1 02-JUL-98

1 582 PROD1 1224038686 YES 59727 10-JUL-98

Features - Oracle iDataAgent

Page 199 of 199